Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτούς

  • 1 πρός

    πρός, Prep., expressing direction,
    A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:
    I of Place, from,

    ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29

    ;

    τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037

     (v.l.).
    2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;

    εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154

    ;

    ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120

    ;

    ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62

    , etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;

    οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101

    ; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;

    π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21

    ;

    π. Νεμέας Id.5.59

    ; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122

    ;

    τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121

    , cf. 4.17.
    3 before, in presence of,

    μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188

    ; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,
    b in the eyes of,

    ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71

    , cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);

    ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286

    .
    4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,

    σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67

    ;

    π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839

     (lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;

    π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130

    : less freq. with other words,

    π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39

    ;

    π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14

    ;

    μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208

    ;

    μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515

     (lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;

    π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45

    ;

    ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a

    , cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,

    π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468

    ;

    μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324

    .
    5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;

    Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17

    , cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;

    ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25

    ;

    οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23

    ; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;

    ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125

    .
    II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:
    1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,

    ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85

    , cf. 1.160, etc.;

    τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302

    ;

    δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90

    ;

    ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7

    ;

    φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59

    ;

    τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550

    , cf. S.Aj. 527;

    λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45

    ;

    κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139

    , etc.;

    μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13

    : with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57

    ; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;

    ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429

    ;

    οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47

    ; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also

    λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120

    ; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;

    π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269

    , cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;

    τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209

    ;

    αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111

    ;

    ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650

    : with an Adj. or Subst.,

    τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162

    ;

    ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139

    ;

    ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919

    ;

    ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297

    ;

    πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562

    ;

    π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514

    ; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);

    ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144

    : with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.
    2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.
    III of dependence or close connexion: hence,
    1 dependent on one, under one's protection,

    π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207

    ,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.
    2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;

    π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57

    .
    IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,

    τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153

    , cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;

    οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581

    , cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;

    π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585

    , etc.;

    οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11

    , etc.: of qualities, etc.,

    π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704

    ; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;

    οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59

    ; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;

    εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω

     correctly,

    Id.R. 470c

    ; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;

    τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14

     ([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;

    π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7

    ; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.
    B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,

    ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190

    , 11.423;

    ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408

    ; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί)

    ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86

    ; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;

    δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15

    ;

    νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210

    ;

    π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371

    ;

    π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95

    ;

    π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180

     (lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;

    π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808

    ;

    π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34

    ; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')

    αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79

    ;

    τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105

    ;

    αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1

    ; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;

    τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13

    , cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.
    2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;

    ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18

    ;

    π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28

    .
    3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,

    ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245

    , Od.2.80;

    με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415

    , cf. 7.279, 9.284;

    νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298

    , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;

    ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35

    .
    4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;

    προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329

    ;

    προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111

    ; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;

    π. τινί

     close to,

    Men. Epit. 204

    .
    II to express close engagement, at the point of,

    π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169

    ; engaged in or about,

    π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c

    , cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;

    ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176

    ;

    ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22

    ; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but

    π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6

    );

    ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127

    ;

    π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74

    ; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);

    ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7

    , cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;

    ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2

    , cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).
    III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;

    π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα

     in addition to,

    A.Pr. 323

    , cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;

    ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90

    ; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;

    δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45

    ;

    τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774

    ; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;

    π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b

    ; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,

    π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31

    ,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.
    C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:
    I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420

    ; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;

    ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239

    ; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;

    ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374

    ;

    βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71

    ;

    κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147

    ; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.
    2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;

    ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435

    ;

    ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127

    ;

    ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342

    ;

    ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334

    ;

    πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395

    ;

    π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278

    ;

    τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931

    ; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,

    ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3

    ;

    ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1

    ; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;

    ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς

     beside,

    Supp.Epigr.6.106

     ([place name] Cotiaeum).
    b of addition,

    ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46

    (Argos, v B. C.);

    ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63

    , cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.
    3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,

    ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244

    , al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;

    ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44

    ; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;

    ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240

    ;

    στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477

    ; so in Prose,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201

    , cf. 4.40;

    π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149

    ; also

    ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22

     (v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;

    π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22

     Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;

    πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.
    4 in hostile sense, against,

    π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471

    ;

    ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378

    ; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;

    βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108

    ;

    γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303

    ;

    χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88

    ;

    π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304

    ;

    ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65

    ;

    ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118

    ;

    ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c

    ;

    ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18

    : also in argument, in reply to,

    ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c

    ; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;

    μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34

    .
    5 without any hostile sense,

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155

    ,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;

    π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584

    ; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;

    ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267

    ;

    μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19

    , etc.;

    ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60

     codd.;

    ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632

    , Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,

    διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45

    ; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;

    π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d

    ; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;

    ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285

    .
    b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.
    6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;

    ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19

    ; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;

    ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59

    ;

    γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82

    , cf. Hdt. 1.61;

    π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491

    ; also

    σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82

    , cf. O.4.6;

    παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952

    , etc.;

    ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14

    ;

    ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86

    ;

    εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340

    ; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;

    κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c

    ;

    π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2

    ; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8

     (Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.
    b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;

    ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10

    ;

    ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23

    ;

    τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314

    , cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;

    φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13

     ([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;

    τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23

    , cf. 16.10;

    τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12

    , cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.
    7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,

    τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8

     (Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,

    ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14

    ;

    ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19

     codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25;

    ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11

     ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;

    τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1

    ; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also

    διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31

    , cf. D.7.33.
    II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,

    ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191

    ;

    ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552

    ;

    πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a

    ;

    ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22

    ;

    π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21

    ;

    π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089

    ; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii);

    πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312

    ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.
    III of Relation between two objects,
    1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;

    μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37

    ;

    οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..

     in respect of..,

    Arist.APr. 24a25

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);

    π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28

    ; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;

    λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1

     D.;

    π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8

     (iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);

    ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168

    , cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);

    π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.

     s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,

    ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14

    , etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.
    2 in reference to, in consequence of,

    πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52

    , cf. 4.161;

    π. τὴν φήμην

     in view of..,

    Id.3.153

    , cf. Th.8.39;

    χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59

    ;

    ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4

    , etc.: with neut. Pron.,

    π. τί;

     wherefore? to what end?

    S.OT 766

    , 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;

    π. ταῦτα

     therefore, this being so,

    Hdt.5.9

    ,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.
    3 in reference to or for a purpose,

    ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057

    ; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;

    ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174

    , cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;

    ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12

    ;

    ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21

    ;

    ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60

    ; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;

    ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7

    .
    b with a view to or for a future time,

    ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62

     (Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);

    θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13

    .
    c = πρός B. 11,

    ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8

    ;

    ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3

    , cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.
    4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,

    κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34

    ;

    ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35

    ;

    π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94

    , 8.44;

    πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10

    , cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;

    τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68

    ;

    ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50

    ; also

    ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3

    ;

    ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39

    : also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)

    ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2

    , cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;

    πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19

    ; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,

    π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);

    τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42

     (Ephesus, iii B. C.);

    θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16

     (Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);

    τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1

    , cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);

    ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6

     (Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);

    οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b

    ; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so

    ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,

    π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126

    , cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;

    λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17

     (Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;

    π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8

    ;

    π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30

    ; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,

    ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1

    , cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;

    μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4

     ([place name] Ptolemaic);

    π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b

     (but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);

    π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21

    .

    κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3

    ;

    π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101

    , cf. Sor.1.56;

    π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8

     (ii A. D.);

    π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399

     (ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;

    προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89

    .
    5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,

    π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20

    , cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;

    π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47

    ;

    ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17

    , cf. 314, etc.;

    εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22

    ; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;

    ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32

    ;

    π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63

    ; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;

    π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα

     according to..,

    E.Hipp. 701

    ; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;

    ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9

    , cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.
    6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,

    π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84

    ; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;

    π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13

     (Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.
    7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,

    νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20

     (s.v.l.);

    π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73

    ;

    τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735

    ; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);

    π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130

     (lyr.);

    π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214

    ; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);

    οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8

    ,19;

    π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594

    ;

    π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494

    ; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;

    οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13

    ;

    ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15

    , cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;

    πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e

    ; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,

    μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1

    , cf. S.OT 1152;

    π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3

    , etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,

    π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30

    , cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);

    π. ἰσχύος χ.

     by means of,

    E.Med. 538

    ; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);

    π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23

    , etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;

    π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464

    ; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;

    π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308

    ; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;

    π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1

    ; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;

    π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2

    ; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.
    8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.
    D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;

    π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74

    ;

    καὶ π. Id.7.154

    , 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;

    καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110

    , Pl.R. 328a, 466e;

    καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73

    ;

    καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67

    ; freq. at the end of a second clause,

    τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622

    ;

    ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e

    , cf. E.Ph. 610;

    ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28

    , cf. 22.60.
    I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.
    II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.
    III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.
    F REMARKS,
    1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,

    ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653

    , cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)

    σφέτερον Il.17.419

    , cf. Pi.O.4.5.
    2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.
    3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron.,

    πρός με S.Aj. 292

    , Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός

  • 2 πρός

    πρός prep. expressing direction ‘on the side of’, ‘in the direction of’: w. gen. ‘from’, dat. ‘at’, or acc. (the most freq. usage in our lit.) ‘to’ (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά. beg.) (Hom.+).
    ① w. gen. (pseudepigr. only TestSol 10:4 C; apolog. exc. Ar.) marker of direction or aspect from which someth. is determined, to the advantage of, advantageous for (Thu. 3, 59, 1 οὐ πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης τάδε; Hdt. 1, 75; Dionys. Hal. 10, 30, 5; Diod S 18, 50, 5; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 20, 3; Mel., HE 4, 26, 8; Ath. 36, 1; B-D-F §240; Rob. 623f) οἱ πρ. ζωῆς μαζοί the life-giving breasts 1 Cl 20:10. πρ. τῆς σωτηρίας in the interest of safety Ac 27:34 (πρὸς τῆς ς. as Jos., Ant. 16, 313).
    ② w. dat. (pesudepigr. only TestSol 6:4 D; TestAbr [s. below]; JosAs 19:1.—Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7; Ath., R. 22 p. 75, 10) marker of closeness of relation or proximity
    ⓐ of place near, at, by (Hom. et al. incl. Aristarch. Samos 398, 20; LXX; TestSol 6:4 D; Jos., Ant 8, 349; 381) Mk 5:11; around Rv 1:13. πρ. τῇ θύρᾳ ἑστηκέναι stand at the door (Menand., Fgm. 420, 1; 830 K.=352, 1; 644 Kö.; JosAs 19:1) J 18:16; cp. 20:11. πρὸς τῇ πύλῃ GJs 4:4; ἐγγίζοντος αὐτοῦ πρ. τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ ὄρους when he came close to the slope of the mountain Lk 19:37 (s. κατάβασις). πρ. τῇ κεφαλῇ, τοῖς ποσίν at the head, at the feet J 20:12. τὰ πρ. ταῖς ῥίζαις the parts near the roots Hs 9, 1, 6; 9, 21, 1. In geographical designations Μαγνησία ἡ πρ. Μαιάνδρῳ Magnesia on the Maeander IMagnMai ins.—(Cp. the temporal use: πρὸς ἑσπέρᾳ ἐστίν it takes place at evening TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 7 [Stone p. 60]; cp. Just., D. 105, 3 and 5; 142, 1.)
    ⓑ in addition to (Hom. et al.; Polyb., Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7; Ath., R. 22 p. 75, 10; ins) πρὸς τούτοις (SIG 495, 105; 685, 70 and 100; 796 B, 30; 888, 35 al.; UPZ 26, 18; 25 [163 B.C.]; 2 Macc 4:9; 5:23; 9:17, 25; 14:4, esp. 12:2; Philo, Aet. M. 67 al.; Just., A I, 40, 5; D. 93, 4 al.) 1 Cl 17:1.
    ③ w. acc. (pseudepigr. and apolog. throughout) marker of movement or orientation toward someone/someth.
    ⓐ of place, pers., or thing toward, towards, to, after verbs
    α. of going; s. ἄγω 5, ἀναβαίνω 1aα, ἀνακάμπτω 1a, ἀπέρχομαι 1b, διαβαίνω, διαπεράω, εἴσειμι, εἰσέρχομαι 1bα, ἐκπορεύομαι 1c, also ἐπισυνάγομαι Mk 1:33, ἔρχομαι 1aβ, ἥκω 1d et al.—προσαγωγὴ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Eph 2:18. εἴσοδος 1 Th 1:9a.
    β. of sending; s. ἀναπέμπω Lk 23:7, 15; Ac 25:21, ἀποστέλλω 1bα, πέμπω.
    γ. of motion gener.; s. βληθῆναι (βάλλω 1b), ἐπιστρέφω 1a, 4ab, κεῖμαι 2, πίπτω 1bαא and ב, προσκολλάω, προσκόπτω 1, προσπίπτω.
    δ. of leading, guiding; s. ἄγω 1a, ἀπάγω 2a and 4, also ἕλκω 2 end J 12:32, κατασύρω, etc.
    ε. of saying, speaking; s. ἀποκρίνομαι 1, also δημηγορέω Ac 12:21, εἶπον 1a, λαλέω 2aγ and 2b, λέγω 1bγ et al. Hebraistically λαλεῖν στόμα πρὸς στόμα speak face to face (Jer 39:4; ApcEsdr 6:6 p. 31, 10 Tdf.) 2J 12b; 3J 14 (cp. PGM 1, 39 τὸ στόμα πρὸς τὸ στόμα). πρὸς ἀλλήλους to one another, with each other, among themselves: s. ἀντιβάλλω, διαλαλέω, also διαλέγομαι Mk 9:34, διαλογίζομαι 8:16; Lk 20:14, εἶπον 24:32; J 16:17; 19:24, λαλέω, λέγω et al. πρὸς ἑαυτούς to themselves, to each other: s. διαλογίζομαι 1; εἶπον Mk 12:7; J 7:35; λέγω (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 15, 7 πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔλεγεν; Just., D. 62, 2) Mk 10:26; 16:3. διαθήκην ὁ θεὸς διέθετο πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν, λέγων πρὸς Ἀβραάμ God made a covenant with your fathers, when he said to Abraham Ac 3:25 (διατίθημι 1). ὅρκον ὀμνύναι πρ. τινα (ὀμνύω, end) Lk 1:73.
    ζ. of asking, praying δέομαι Ac 8:24. εὔχομαι (s. εὔχομαι 1; cp. 2 Macc 9:13) 2 Cor 13:7. προσεύχομαι (cp. 1 Km 12:19; 2 Esdr 12: 4; 2 Macc 2:10) Hv 1, 1, 9. γνωρίζεσθαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν Phil 4:6 (γνωρίζω 1).—Also after nouns like δέησις, λόγος et al. Ro 10:1; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:18 al.
    ⓑ of time near, at, or during (a certain time)
    α. denoting approach toward (X., Pla. et al.) πρὸς ἑσπέραν toward evening Lk 24:29 (so Just., D. 97, 1; s. ἑσπέρα).
    β. of temporal duration for πρὸς καιρόν for a time, for a while (καιρός 1a) Lk 8:13; 1 Cor 7:5. πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας (καιρός 1a) 1 Th 2:17. πρὸς ὥραν for an hour, i.e. for a short time J 5:35; 2 Cor 7:8; Gal 2:5a; Phlm 15; MPol 11:2. πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμέρας Hb 12:10. Also πρὸς ὀλίγον Js 4:14; GJs 19:2 (ὀλίγος 3). πρὸς τὸ παρόν for the present Hb 12:11 (πάρειμι 1b).
    α. with conscious purpose for, for the purpose of, on behalf of οὗτος ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος this was the one who sat (and begged) for alms Ac 3:10. πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ Ro 3:26. τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν σύμφορον λέγω 1 Cor 7:35a; cp. 35b. ἐγράφη πρὸς νουθεσίαν ἡμῶν 10:11. Cp. Ro 15:2; 1 Cor 6:5; 2 Cor 4:6; 7:3; 11:8; Eph 4:12.—W. acc. of the inf. (Polyb. 1, 48, 5; PRyl 69, 16; BGU 226, 22; Jer 34:10; 2 Macc 4:45; TestJob 45:4; Jos., Ant. 14, 170; 15, 148 al.; Just., D. 132, 1) πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις in order to be seen by men Mt 23:5; cp. 6:1. πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά 13:30. πρὸς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι με 26:12. πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς Mk 13:22. πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀτενίσαι υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ 2 Cor 3:13. Cp. Eph 6:11a; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8; Js 3:3 v.l.
    β. gener. of design, destiny (Demetr.[?]: 722 Fgm. 7 Jac. πρὸς τὴν κάρπωσιν; TestJob 42:7 τὰ πρὸς θυσίαν; Jos., Bell. 4, 573 τὸ πρ. σωτηρίαν φάρμακον) τῷ θεῷ πρὸς δόξαν for the glory of God 2 Cor 1:20 (on πρὸς δόξαν cp. SIG 456, 15; 704e, 21; 3 Macc 2:9; Just., A I, 15, 10 μηδὲν πρὸς δόξαν ποιεῖν). τῇ πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 Pt 4:12.—After adjectives and participles for ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομήν Eph 4:29 (ἀγ. 1a) ἀδόκιμος Tit 1:16. ἀνεύθετος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν Ac 27:12. γεγυμνασμένος Hb 5:14. δυνατός 2 Cor 10:4. ἐξηρτισμένος 2 Ti 3:17. ἕτοιμος (q.v. b) Tit 3:1; 1 Pt 3:15. ἱκανός (q.v. 2) 2 Cor 2:16. ὠφέλιμος 1 Ti 4:8ab; 2 Ti 3:16.
    γ. of the result that follows a set of circumstances (so that) πάντα πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν γινέσθω everything is to be done in such a way that it contributes to edification 1 Cor 14:26; cp. vs. 12; Col 2:23 (but see eδ below); 1 Ti 4:7. ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτήν one who looks at a woman with sinful desire Mt 5:28, but s. eε below. λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν they (the fields) are white, so that the harvest may begin J 4:35. αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον this disease is not of the kind that will lead to death 11:4. Cp. ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον 1J 5:16f.
    ⓓ of relationship (hostile or friendly), against, for
    α. hostile against, with after verbs of disputing, etc.; s. ἀνταγωνίζομαι, γογγύζω, διακρίνομαι (διακρίνω 5b), διαλέγομαι 1, πικραίνομαι (πικραίνω 2), στασιάζω, ἔστην (ἵστημι B3). ἐστίν τινι ἡ πάλη πρός Eph 6:12. ἔχειν τι πρός τινα have anything (to bring up) against someone Ac 24:19. μομφὴν ἔχειν πρός τινα Col 3:13. πρᾶγμα ἔχειν πρός τινα 1 Cor 6:1 (πρᾶγμα 4). ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς Ἑβραίους Ac 6:1. τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 2 Cor 6:11 (ἀνοίγω 7). ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὐτούς Lk 23:12. βλασφημίαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν Rv 13:6 (cp. TestJob 25:10 εἰπὲ ἓν ῥῆμα πρὸς τὸν θεόν). ἀσύμφωνοι πρ. ἀλλήλους unable to agree among themselves Ac 28:25 (Tat. 25, 2); cp. the structure of Col 2:23.
    β. friendly to, toward, with, before ἐργάζεσθαι τὸ ἀγαθόν Gal 6:10ab (ἐργάζομαι 2a). μακροθυμεῖν 1 Th 5:14. εἰρήνην ἔχειν πρὸ τὸν θεόν Ro 5:1 (s. εἰρήνη 2b). παρρησίαν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. θεόν 1J 3:21; cp. 5:14. πίστιν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. κύριον Ἰ. Phlm 5. πεποίθησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. θεόν 2 Cor 3:4. ἔχειν χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν Ac 2:47 (FCheetham, ET 74, ’63, 214f). πραΰτητα ἐνδείκνυσθαι Tit 3:2. ἐν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖν Col 4:5. ἤπιον εἶναι πρὸς πάντας 2 Ti 2:24.—After substantives: πίστις 1 Th 1:8 (cp. 4 Macc 15:24; Just., D. 121, 2); παρρησία 2 Cor 7:4; κοινωνία 6:14; συμφώνησις vs. 15 (cp. Is 7:2).
    ⓔ to indicate a connection by marking a point of reference, with reference/regard to
    α. with reference to (Ocellus Luc. c. 42 πρὸς ἡμᾶς=with reference to us) ἔγνωσαν ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν they recognized that he had spoken the parable with reference to them Mk 12:12; Lk 20:19; cp. 12:41 (Vita Aesopi cod. G 98 P. οἱ Σάμιοι νοήσαντες πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἰρῆσθαι τοὺς λόγους; Just., D. 122, 3 ταῦτα … πρὸς τὸν χριστὸν … εἴρηται). ἔλεγεν παραβολὴν πρὸς τὸ δεῖν προσεύχεσθαι he told them a parable about the need of praying 18:1 (Just., D. 90, 5 σύμβολον … πρὸς τὸν χριστόν). οὐδεὶς ἔγνω πρὸς τί εἶπεν αὐτῷ nobody understood with respect to what (= why) he said (this) to him J 13:28. πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν with reference to (i.e. because of) your perversity Mt 19:8; Mk 10:5 (Just., D. 45, 3). Cp. Ro 10:21a; Hb 1:7f. οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα he did not answer him a single word with reference to anything Mt 27:14 (s. ἀποκρίνομαι 1). ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα Lk 14:6 (s. ἀνταποκρίνομαι). ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεόν have a clear conscience with respect to God Ac 24:16.
    β. as far as … is concerned, with regard to (Maximus Tyr. 31, 3b) πρὸς τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος Hb 6:11. συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων we are recommending ourselves as far as every human conscience is concerned = to every human conscience (πρός w. acc. also stands simply for the dative; s. Mayser II/2 p. 359) 2 Cor 4:2. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν that which concerns God or as adverbial acc. with reference to what concerns God (Soph., Phil. 1441; X., De Rep. Lac. 13, 11; Ps.-Isocr. 1, 13 εὐσεβεῖν τὰ πρὸς τ. θεούς; SIG 204, 51f; 306, 38; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 109, 3 εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς θεούς; Ex 4:16; 18:19; Jos., Ant. 9, 236) Ro 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1. τὰ πρός τι that which belongs to someth.; that which is necessary for someth. (Plut., Mor. 109b; Jos., Ant. 12, 405 τὰ πρὸς τὴν μάχην; 14, 27; a standard term in state documents) τὰ πρὸς ἀπαρτισμόν Lk 14:28 v.l. τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην (TestJud 9) vs. 32; what makes for peace 19:42. Cp. Ac 28:10; 2 Pt 1:3.
    γ. elliptically τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς (sc. ἐστιν); what is that to us? Mt 27:4. τί πρὸς σέ; how does it concern you? J 21:22f (cp. Epict. 4, 1, 10 τί τοῦτο πρὸς σέ; Plut., Mor. 986b; Vi. Aesopi I 14 p. 265, 4 Eberh. τί πρὸς ἐμέ; ApcMos 11 οὐ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἡ πλεονεξία σου).
    δ. in accordance with ὀρθοποδεῖν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν Gal 2:14. πρὸς τὸ κένωμα in accordance with the emptiness Hm 11:3. πρὸς τὸ θέλημα in accordance w. the will Lk 12:47; Hs 9, 5, 2. πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν 2 Cor 5:10. πρὸς ὅ Eph 3:4.—In comparison with, to be compared to (Pind., Hdt. et al.; Ps.-Luc., Halc. 3 πρὸς τὸν πάντα αἰῶνα=[life is short] in comparison to all eternity; Sir 25:19; TestJob 18:8; 23:8; Just., D. 19, 2 οὐδὲν … πρὸς τὸ βάπτισμα τοῦτο τὸ τῆς ζωῆς ἐστι; Tat. 29, 1 ὀρθοποδεῖν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν) ἄξια πρός Ro 8:18 (RLeaney, ET 64, ’52f; 92 interprets Col 2:23 in the light of this usage). Cp. IMg 12.
    ε. expressing purpose πρὸς τό w. inf. (s. Mayser II/1 p. 331f) in order to, for the purpose of Mk 13:22; Ac 3:19 v.l. Perh. Mt 5:28 (s. cγ above).
    ⓕ in adverbial expressions (cp. πρὸς ὀργήν = ὀργίλως Soph., Elect. 369; Jos., Bell. 2, 534. πρὸς βίαν = βιαίως Aeschyl., Prom. 208, 353, Eum. 5; Menand., Sam. 559 S. [214 Kö.]; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 3. πρὸς ἡδονήν Jos., Ant. 7, 195; 12, 398; Just., A II, 3, 2 πρὸς χάριν καὶ ἡδονὴν τῶν πολλῶν) πρὸς φθόνον prob.=φθονερῶς jealously Js 4:5 (s. φθόνος, where the lit. is given). πρὸς εὐφρασίαν w. joy AcPl Ox 6, 9f (cp. Aa 1 p. 241, 1 ὑπερευφραινομένη).
    ⓖ by, at, near πρός τινα εἶναι be (in company) with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; 9:19a; 14:49; Lk 9:41; J 1:1f; 1 Th 3:4; 2 Th 2:5; 3:10; 1J 1:2. διαμένειν Ac 10:48 D; Gal 2:5b. ἐπιμένειν 1:18; 1 Cor 16:7. παραμένειν 16:6 (v.l. κατα-). μένειν Ac 18:3 D. παρεῖναι 12:20; 2 Cor 11:9; Gal 4:18, 20; cp. παρουσία πρὸς ὑμᾶς Phil 1:26. παρεπιδημεῖν 1 Cl 1:2. ἐποίησεν τρεῖς μῆνας πρὸς τὴν Ἐλισάβεδ GJs 12:3. πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα Mt 26:18b. Cp. also 2 Cor 1:12; 7:12; 12:21; 2 Th 3:1; Phlm 13; 1J 2:1; Hm 11:9b v.l.—πρὸς ἑαυτούς among or to themselves Mk 9:10 (in case πρὸς ἑ. belongs w. τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν; B-D-F §239, 1). πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσηύχετο he uttered a prayer to himself Lk 18:11. Cp. 24:12.—δεδεμένον πρὸς θύραν tied at a door Mk 11:4. τὴν πᾶσαν σάρκα ἀνθρώπων πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἐδέσμευεν (Satan) bound all humankind to self-gratification AcPlCor 2:11. πρὸς τ. θάλασσαν by the seaside Mk 4:1b. On πρὸς τὸ φῶς at the fire Mk 14:54; Lk 22:56 s. B-D-F §239, 3; Rob. 625 (perh. w. the idea of turning toward the fire; s. also 4 Km 23:3). πρὸς ἓν τῶν ὀρέων at one of the mountains 1 Cl 10:7. τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν the place near the door Mk 2:2. πρὸς γράμμα letter by letter Hv 2, 1, 4.—On πρός τι terms s. PWouters, The Treatment of Relational Nouns in Ancient Grammar: Orbis 38, ’95, 149–78 (lit.). M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πρός

  • 3 τρέπω

    τρέπω, Il.8.399, etc.: [tense] fut.
    A

    τρέψω 15.261

    , etc.: [tense] aor. 1

    ἔτρεψα 18.469

    , etc., [dialect] Ep.

    τρέψα 16.645

    : besides [tense] aor. 1 Hom. has [tense] aor. 2 ἔτρᾰπον, Od.4.294, al., also Pi.O.10(11).15 (sts. also intr., v. περιτρέπω 11 and perh. Il.16.657, cf. 111 fin.): [dialect] Aeol. [tense] aor. ἔτροπον, v. ἀνατρέπω: [tense] pf.

    τέτροφα Ar.Nu. 858

    , Anaxandr.51, ([etym.] ἀνα-) S.Tr. 1009 (lyr.), And.1.131; later

    τέτρᾰφα Din.1.108

    , ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.30, D.18.296 (cod. S), Aeschin.1.190, 3.158 (but cf. Wackernagel Studien zum griech. Perf.15);

    ἐπι-τέτραφα Plb.30.6.6

     :—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.

    τρέψομαι Hdt.1.97

    , Hp.Prog.20, E. Hipp. 1066, etc.: [tense] aor.

    ἐτρεψάμην Od.1.422

    , E.Heracl. 842: also [tense] aor. 2

    ἐτραπόμην Il.16.594

    , Hdt.2.3, al. (used also in pass. sense, ([etym.] ἀν-) Il.6.64, 14.447, and once in [dialect] Att., ([etym.] ἀν-) Pl.Cra. 395d); imper.

    τραποῦ Ar.Ra. 1248

    : [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    τρᾰπήσομαι Plu.Nic.21

    , etc.; also

    τετράψομαι Ph.1.220

    , ([etym.] ἐπι-) Pisistr. ap. D.L.1.54: [tense] aor.

    ἐτρέφθην Hom. Epigr.14.7

    , once in Trag., E.El. 1046 (v. ἐπιτρέπω); [dialect] Ion.

    τραφθῆναι Od.15.80

    , cf. Hdt.4.12: [tense] aor. 2 ἐτράπην [pron. full] [ᾰ] A.Pers. 1029 (lyr.), Ar.Ec. 416, etc.; ἐτρέπην ([etym.] ἐν-) UPZ5.24 (ii B. C.): [tense] pf.

    τέτραμμαι Pl.R. 519b

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    τετράφαται Thgn.42

    , cf. Il.2.25 ([etym.] ἐπι-); [ per.] 3sg. imper.

    τετράφθω 12.273

    ; part.

    τετραμμένος 19.212

    , etc.: [tense] plpf., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.

    τέτραπτο Od.4.260

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    τετράφατο Il.10.189

    .—From the [tense] aor. 2 has been formed the [tense] pres. ἐπιτρᾰπέουσι, ib. 421; cf. τραπητέον.—The [dialect] Ion. forms used by Hdt. are [tense] pres. [voice] Pass.

    τράπονται 6.33

    , al.; [ per.] 3sg. [tense] impf.

    τρέπεσκε 4.128

    ; [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.

    τραφθείς 9.56

    ; but [tense] fut. ἐπιτράψομαι is f. l. in 3.155, and in the [tense] pres. [voice] Act. and [voice] Pass. codd. vary (both forms in codd. of 2.92 ([voice] Act.),

    τρέπεται 1.117

    ,

    τράπεται 4.60

    ):—[dialect] Dor. forms, [full] τράπω EM114.19; [tense] fut.

    ἐπι-τραψῶ Schwyzer198.21

     ([place name] Crete):— turn or direct towards a thing, Hom., etc.; mostly folld. by a Prep.,

    τ. [φύσας] ἐς πῦρ Il.18.469

    ;

    ἐς ποταμὸν φλόγα 21.349

    ; εἰς εὐνὴν τράπεθ' ἥμεας show us to bed, Od.4.294 (perh. with a punning reference to ταρπώμεθα in next line);

    λέκτρονδε τραπείομεν εὐνηθέντες 8.292

     (as though τραπείομεν in Il.3.441 belonged to τρέπω and not to τέρπω; unless there is a pause after λέκτρονδε)

    ; θυμὸν εἰς ἔργον τ. Hes.Op. 316

    ;

    εἰς ἐχθροὺς βέλος A.Th. 255

    ;

    πόλεις ἐς ὕβριν Th.3.39

    ;

    τὸν ἄνθρωπον.. εἰς ἀθυμίαν D.23.194

    ;

    πρὸς ἠέλιον κεφαλήν Od.13.29

    ;

    πρὸς ὄρος πίονα μῆλα 9.315

    ;

    πρὸς εὐφροσύναν ἦτορ Pi.I.3.10

    ;

    τὰς γνώμας πρὸς χρηματισμόν Pl.Ep. 355b

    ; also

    ἐπ' ἐμπορίην θυμόν Hes.Op. 646

    , cf. Pl. Phdr. 257b, R. 508c;

    δᾶμον ἐς ἡσυχίαν Pi.P.1.70

    ;

    ἐπ' ἐχθροῖς χεῖρα S.Aj. 772

    ;

    κατὰ πληθὺν τ. θυμόν Il.5.676

    ;

    ἀντίον Ζεφύρου πρόσωπον Hes.Op. 594

    : with Advbs.,

    πάντων ὁμόσε στόματ' ἔτραπε Il.12.24

    ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ὅποι χρὴ.. τ. ἔπος S.Ph. 897

    ;

    ἐνταῦθα σὴν φρένα E.IT 1322

    ; τὴν

    διάνοιαν ἄλλοσε Pl.R. 393a

    ;

    ἐκεῖσε τ. τὰς ἡδονάς Id.Lg. 643c

    ;

    ἐπὶ τὴν θεραπείαν τὸν λόγον Sor.2.23

    : c. inf., σέ.. ἔτραπε.. ὀργὰ παρφάμεν led thee to speak crookedly, Pi.P.9.43:—also in [voice] Med.,

    τραπέσθαι τινὰ ἐπί τι Pl.Euthd. 303c

    , cf. Chrm. 156c:—[voice] Pass.,

    κεῖται ἀνὰ πρόθυρον τετραμμένος Il.19.212

    .
    2 [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., turn one's steps, turn in a certain direction,

    τραφθῆναι ἀν' Ἑλλάδα Od.15.80

    ;

    τραφθέντες ἐς τὸ πεδίον Hdt. 9.56

    ;

    ἐς Θήβας ἐτραπόμην Id.2.3

    ; ἐπὶ Προκόννησον, ἐπ' Ἀθηνέων, Id 6.33, 5.57: with Advbs., ἀμηχανεῖν ὅποι τράποιντο which way to turn, A. Pers. 459;

    ἀμηχανῶ.. ὅπᾳ τράπωμαι Id.Ag. 1532

     (lyr.);

    πᾷ τις τράποιτ' ἄν; Id.Ch. 409

     (lyr.);

    ποῖ τρέψομαι; E.Hipp. 1066

    , cf. X.An.3.5.13;

    ποῖ χρὴ τραπέσθαι; Lys.29.2

    : c. acc. cogn., τραπέσθαι ὁδόν take a course, Hdt.1.11, cf. 9.69, Pl.Sph. 242b;

    πολλὰς ὁδοὺς τραπόμενοι κατὰ ὄρη Th.5.10

    ;

    ἐτρέφθην ἥνπερ ἦν πορεύσιμον E.El. 1046

    .
    3 in [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med. also, turn or betake oneself, εἰς ὀρχηστύν, εἰς ἀοιδήν, Od.1.422, 18.305;

    ἐπὶ ἔργα Il.3.422

    , etc.; ἐπ' ἀναιδείην Hom Epigr.14.7;

    ἐπὶ σωφροσύνην Thgn.379

    ;

    ἐπὶ ψευδέα ὁδόν Hdt.1.117

    ;

    ἐπὶ φροντίδας E.IA 646

    ;

    ἐφ' ἁρπαγήν Th.4.104

    ;

    ἐπ' εἰρήνην X.HG4.4.2

    ;

    ἐς τὸ μαίνεσθαι S.OC 1537

    ;

    ἐς ἀλκήν Th.2.84

    ;

    εἰς ἁρπαγὴν ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας X.HG6.5.30

    ;

    κατὰ θέαν τετραμμένοι Th.5.9

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλκήν Hdt.3.78

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ κέρδιον τραπείς S.Aj. 743

    ;

    πρὸς λῃστείαν Th.1.5

    ;

    πρὸς ἄριστον τετρ. Hdt.1.63

    ;

    πρὸς τὸν πότον Pl.Smp. 176a

    , etc.; also τ. πρός τινα betake oneself, have recourse to him, Cratin.152, X.An.4.5.30, Pl.Prt. 339e;

    ἐφ' ἱκετείαν τ. τῶν διωκόντων Id.Ap. 39a

    .
    4 [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., of places, to be turned or look in a certain direction,

    πρὸς ζόφον Od. 12.81

    ; πρὸς ἄρκτον, πρὸς νότον, etc., Hdt. 1.148, Th.2.15, etc.; also

    πρὸς τοῦ Τμώλου Hdt.1.84

    ; ἄντ' ἠελίου τετρ. straight towards, Hes. Op. 727.
    II turn, i. e. turn round or about, πάλιν τρέπειν turn back,

    ἵππους Il.8.432

    ; τινα ib. 399; ὄσσε, δόρυ, 21.415, 20.439; τὰ καλὰ τ. ἔξω turn the best side outmost, show the best side (of a garment), Pi.P.3.83:—[voice] Pass.,

    πάλιν ἐτράπετ' Il.21.468

    ;

    μή τις ὀπίσσω τετράφθω 12.273

    ; c. gen., turn from..,

    υἷος 18.138

    ; ἐτράπετ' αἰχμή the point bent back, like ἀνεγνάμφθη, 11.237; of the sun having passed the meridian,

    πόστην ἥλιος τέτραπται; Ar.Fr. 163

    , cf. Antig. Mir.60; also of the solstice, ἐπειδὰν ἐν χειμῶνι τράπηται [ὁ ἥλιος] (v.

    τροπή 1

    ) X.Mem.4.3.8, cf. Pl.Lg. 915d;

    τραπείσης τῆς ὥρας Arist. HA 628b26

    :—intr. in [voice] Act., περὶ δ' ἔτραπον ὧραι, v. περιτρέπω 11.
    2 τ. τι εἴς τινα turn upon another's head, τ. τὴν αἰτίαν, τὴν ὀργὴν εἴς τινα, Is.8.41, D.8.57; freq. in imprecations, ἐς κεφαλὴν τράποιτ' ἐμοί on my head be it! Ar.Ach. 833, cf. Hdt.2.39; εἰς σεαυτὸν τρεπέσθω on your head be it! IG4.444 ([place name] Phlius);

    ἦ κἀπ' ἐμοὶ τρέποιτ' ἂν αἰτίας τέλος; A.Eu. 434

    ;

    κατὰ σεαυτόν νυν τρέπου

     keep your ills to yourself,

    Ar.Ach. 1019

    , Nu. 1263;

    πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς τρέψεσθε Lys.8.19

    .
    3 alter, change,

    φρένας Il.6.61

    ;

    τὰς γνώμας X.An.3.1.41

    ; [τὸ χρῶμα] Sor.1.35; [ τὸ γάλα] ib.92;

    ἔτραπεν κεῖνον μισθῷ χρυσός Pi.P.3.55

    ; deceive, Archil.166;

    ἐς κακὸν τ. τινά Pi.P.3.35

    ;

    ἅττ' ἂν ὑμεῖς ἐξαμάρτητ' ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον τρέπειν Ar.Nu. 589

     (troch.);

    ἐς γέλων τὸ πρᾶγμ' ἔτρεψας Id.V. 1261

    , cf. Hdt.7.105, etc.: [voice] Med., πρὸς τὰς ξυμφορὰς τὰς γνώμας τρέπεσθαι shift their views, Th.1.140, cf. Plu. 2.71e, etc.:—[voice] Pass., to be changed,

    τρέπεται χρώς Il.13.279

    , cf. Od. 21.413, Hes.Op. 416; τὴν χρόαν τρέπεσθαι, of animals, Plu.2.51d; τῷ χρώματι τρεπομένας, of women, Sor.1.35 (so abs., of a man, Id.Vit.Hippocr.5);

    ὁ οὕτω τρεπόμενος σφυγμός Gal.18(2).40

    ;

    τρέπεται νόος Od.3.147

    ;

    νόος ἐτράπετ' 7.263

    ;

    Διὸς ἐτράπετο φρήν Il.10.45

    ;

    τράπομαι καὶ τὴν γνώμην μετατίθεμαι Hdt.7.18

    ; ὁρῶν αὐτοὺς τετραμμένους seeing that they had changed their minds, Id.9.34, cf. Th.4.106;

    ἐπὶ τὰ βελτίω τρέπου Ar.V. 986

    : c. inf.,

    κραδίη τέτραπτο νέεσθαι Od.4.260

    ;

    ἐτράποντο.. τῷ δήμῳ.. τὰ πράγματα ἐνδιδόναι Th. 2.65

    : c. acc. cogn.,

    πλείους τραπόμενος τροπὰς τοῦ Εὐρίπου Aeschin. 3.90

    ; οἶνος τρέπεται the wine turns, becomes sour (v. τροπίας), S.E. P.1.41;

    ἡ ξανθὴ χολὴ.. εἰς τὸν ἰώδη τρέπεται χυμόν Gal.16.534

    ; ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐπὶ τὸ κομψότερον ἐτράπη has taken a turn for the better, POxy.935.5 (iii A. D.); ἐπὶ τὸ ῥᾷον ἔδοξεν τετράφθαι ib.939.17 (iv A. D.); τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν εἰς ἄπορον τραπέντος having become destitute, PMeyer 8.14 (ii A. D.):—intr. in [voice] Act.,

    τοῦ ἄρχοντος τρέποντος εἰς δεσπότην Ph.2.562

    .
    III turn or put to flight, rout, defeat,

    τρέψω δ' ἥρωας Ἀχαιούς Il.15.261

    ;

    ἔτρεψε φάλαγγας Tyrt.12.21

    , cf. Pi.O.10 (11).15, Hdt.1.63, 4.128, Th.1.62, 4.25,33, etc.; in full,

    φύγαδε τ. Il.8.157

    ;

    εἰς φυγὴν ἔτρεψε τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους X.An.1.8.24

    ;

    τρέψαι καὶ ἐς φυγὴν καταστῆσαι Th.7.43

     (but

    ἔτρεψαν ἐς φυγὴν πόδα

     they fled,

    E.Supp. 718

    ):—[voice] Med., [tense] pres., X.An.5.4.16, J.AJ13.2.4, Plu.Cam.29: [tense] fut., Ar.Eq. 275 (troch.): [tense] aor. 1, E.Heracl. 842, X.An.6.1.13:—[voice] Pass., to be put to flight, [tense] aor. 2

    ἐτράπην A.Pers. 1029

     (lyr.), X.Cyr.5.4.7 (v.l. ἐτράποντο), etc.: also [tense] aor. 1

    ἐτρέφθην Id.An.5.4.23

    , HG3.4.14, Cyn.12.5: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med.

    ἐτραπόμην Hdt.1.80

    , 9.63, etc.;

    ἐς φυγὴν τραπέσθαι Id.8.91

    , Th.8.95;

    τραπόμενοι κατέφυγον Id.4

     54;

    φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο X.An.4.8.19

    ;

    ἐτράποντο φεύγειν Plu.Lys. 28

    , Caes.45: rarely in [tense] pf. [voice] Pass.,

    τετραμμένου φυγᾷ γένους A.Th. 952

     (lyr.):—also intr. in [voice] Act.,

    φύγαδ' ἔτραπε Il.16.657

     (unless it governs δίφρον).
    IV turn away, keep off,

    οὐκ ἄν με τρέψειαν ὅσοι θεοί εἰσ' ἐν Ὀλύμπῳ 8.451

    ;

    τ. τινὰ ἀπὸ τείχεος 22.16

    ;

    ἑκάς τινος Od.17.73

     ([voice] Med.);

    τῇ.. νόον ἔτραπεν 19.479

    : abs.,

    ἀλλὰ Ζεὺς ἔτρεψε Il.4.381

    ; of weapons,

    βέλος.. ἔτραπεν ἄλλῃ 5.187

    ;

    ἀπὸ ἔγχεος ὁρμὴν ἔτραπε Hes. Sc. 456

    .
    V overturn,

    εὐτυχοῦντα μὲν σκιά τις ἂν τρέψειεν A.Ag. 1328

     (s. v.l.);

    τ. ἄνω κάτω Id.Fr. 311

    .
    VI turn, apply,

    τ. τι ἐς ἄλλο τι Hdt.2.92

    ; τὰς ἐμβάδας ποῖ τέτροφας; what have you done with your shoes? Ar.Nu. 858;

    τὸν μόναυλον ποῖ τέτροφας; Anaxandr. 51

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    ποῖ τρέπεται.. τὰ χρήματα; Ar.V. 665

     (anap.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τρέπω

  • 4 πιστός

    πιστός (A), ή, όν, (πιπίσκω) ποτός,
    A liquid; πιστά liquid medicines, draughts, A.Pr. 480.
    -------------------------------------------
    πιστός (B), ή, όν, ([etym.] πείθω):
    A [voice] Pass., to be trusted or believed:
    I of persons, faithful, trusty,

    ἑταῖρος Il.15.331

    , etc.;

    φύλακες Hes.Th. 735

     ;

    μάρτυρες Pi.P.1.88

     ;

    Ζηνὶ π. ἄγγελος A.Pr. 969

    , etc.: [comp] Comp. - ότερος Th.5.108, Isoc.10.38: [comp] Sup.

    πιστότατος Ar.Pl.27

    : c. dat., -

    ότατος δέ οἱ ἔσκε Il.16.147

     ;

    ὁ π. ἡμῖν κἀγαθὸς καλούμενος S.Tr. 541

    , cf. E.IA 153 (anap.), etc.: c. gen., τοῦ Φαλάνθου πιστόν τινα a trusted friend of P., Ergias ap.Ath.8.36of;

    π. πρὸς τὰ συμβόλαια Arist.Pol. 1283a33

    ; οἱ πιστοί, in Persia, trusty councillors, X.An.1.5.15, cf. Hdt. 1.108 ([comp] Sup.);

    τάδε Περσῶν πιστὰ καλεῖται A.Pers.2

     (anap.); so πιστὰ πιστῶν, = πιστότατοι, ib. 681, cf. 528, 979.
    2 trustworthy, worthy of credit, Antipho 3.3.5 ([comp] Comp.), 5.3, Th.3.43. Adv., -

    τῶς καὶ ἀδόλως IG12.90.14

    ,17.
    3 genuine,

    π. Ἀταλάντης γόνος S.OC 1322

     ; Θηρικλέους π. τέκνον, of a cup, Theopomp.Com.32.1 ; unmistakable, νόσοι πονηραὶ καὶ π. LXX De.28.59.
    II of things, trustworthy, sure, ὅρκια π. Il.3.269, cf. Pi.O.11(10).6, etc.; τέκμαρ τῶνδε, τεκμήρια, μαντεῖα, A. Ag. 272, 352, Th.66;

    τοῖσι Ἕλλησι ὡς πιστὰ δὴ τὰ λεγόμενα ἦν Hdt.8.83

    ;

    ἔσται πιστὰ καὶ ἄδολα καὶ ἁπλᾶ ἅπαντα τὰ ἀπ' Ἀθηναίων Ῥηγίνοις IG12.51.11

     ; οὐκέτι πιστὰ γυναιξίν no longer can one trust women, Od.11.456 ;

    βροτῶν δὲ π. οὐδέν S.Fr.667.3

     ; οὐκ ἔχοντες τὴν ἐλπίδα.. πιστὴν ἔτι no longer having such hope as could be relied on, Th.5.14 ; ὑπόληψις ἡ πιστοτάτη, of knowledge, Arist.Top. 131a23.
    2 deserving belief, credible,

    π. καὶ οἰκότα Hdt.6.82

    , cf. 8.80;

    π. ὑπόθεσις Pl.Phd. 107b

    ;

    τοῦτο π. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς Arist.Cael. 276a14

    ; πιθανὸν καὶ π. Id.Rh. 1356b28; [λόγος] ἀποδεικτικὸς καὶ π. ib. 1377b23.
    III πιστόν, τό, as Subst., pledge, security, warrant,

    τὸ π. τῆς ἀληθείας S.Tr. 398

    , etc.;

    τὸ π. τῆς ἐπιστήμης Th.6.72

     (but τὸ π. τῆς καθ' ὑμᾶς πολιτείας its honesty, Id.1.68); τὸ π. ἔχοντες.. κἂν περιγενέσθαι feeling confidence that.., Id.1.141 : freq. in pl., τὰ πιστὰ ποιέεσθαι,πίστιν ποιεῖσθαι, Hdt.3.8; πιστὰ θεῶν, of oaths, X.Cyr.4.2.7; ἐδώκαμεν καὶ ἐλάβομεν πιστά we gave and received pledges, c. [tense] fut. inf., Id.An.3.2.5, cf. 4.8.7, etc.;

    πιστὰ ἠξίου γενέσθαι Id.Cyr.7.4.3

    ;

    τὰ πίστ' ἐδειξάτην A.Ag. 651

     ;

    στέργειν τὰ π. τῶνδε Id.Eu. 673

     ;

    τὰ π. ἐμαυτῷ τοῦ θράσους παρέξομαι E.Ph. 268

    .
    B [voice] Act., believing, relying on, τινι Thgn.283, A.Pr. 917, Pers.55 (anap.), S.OC 1031 ; trustful, τῆς ἐλευθερίας τὸ π. Th.2.40, cf. Pl.Lg. 824 ;

    τινὶ τὸ π. νέμειν App.BC3.39

    .
    2 obedient, loyal,

    τὴν τῶν Ἀθηναίων χώραν οἰκείαν καὶ π. ποιήσασθαι X.HG2.4.30

    .
    3 faithful, believing, Act.Ap.16.1, IG3.3435.
    C Adv. πιστῶς with good faith,

    μὴ π. καταμαρτυρηθείς Antipho 2.4.7

     ; loyally, D.3.26 : [comp] Comp. - οτέρως Aen.Tact.22.17.
    2 persuasively, in [comp] Comp.,

    πιστότερον ἢ ἀληθέστερον Antipho 3.3.4

    ; credibly, demonstrably, Pl.Epin. 983e; unmistakably,

    κριθῆναι Gal.9.857

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πιστός

  • 5 σκοπέω

    σκοπ-έω, used by early writers only in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. (v. infr. 11), the other tenses being supplied by σκέπτομαι (q.v.):—but in later writers we find [tense] fut. σκοπήσω, Anon.Prog. in Rh.1.615 W., Gal.UP3.10 (f.l.), ([etym.] ἐπι-) Babr. 103.8, ([etym.] κατα-) Hld.5.4: [tense] aor.
    A

    ἐσκόπησα Thphr.Sign.1

     ([etym.] προ-), Plb. Fr.54 (s.v.l.) ([etym.] περι-), Lib.Or.12.28, etc.: and of [voice] Med., [tense] aor. ἐσκοπησάμην ([etym.] περι-) Luc.VH1.32: [tense] pf. ἐσκόπημαι ([etym.] προαν-) J.AJ17.5.6: (cf. σκέπτομαι):—behold, contemplate (rather of particulars than of universals, of which θεωρέω is more commonly used, but

    οἱ τὸν ἥλιον ἐκλείποντα θεωροῦντες καὶ σκοπούμενοι Pl.Phd. 99d

    ),

    ἄστρον Pi.O.1.5

    ;

    πλοῦν μὴ 'ξ ἀπόπτου μᾶλλον ἢ 'γγύθεν σκοπεῖν S.Ph. 467

    , cf. E.IA 490;

    τὰ πόρρω Id.Rh. 482

    ;

    τὰ ἔμπροσθεν X.An.6.3.14(17)

    ; examine, inspect,

    καταθεῖναί τι.. σκοπεῖν τῷ βουλομένῳ IG 12(5).480

     (Athenian law, v B.C.);

    σ. παραγραφάς PLips. 38 ii 2

     (iv A.D.): abs., ἄλλοσε ς. S.El. 1474; σκοπεῖτε look out, watch, A.Supp. 232, etc.: folld. by a clause,

    σ. ὅπου.. S.Ph.16

    ;

    σ. ποῦ.. X.Cyr.3.2.1

    , etc.: folld. by a Prep.,

    σ. εἰς.. E.Fr.812.6

    , Pl.Plt. 305b.
    2 metaph., look to or into, consider, examine, τὰ ἑωυτοῦ ς. look to one's own affairs, Hdt.1.8;

    τὸ σεαυτοῦ Pl.Phdr. 232d

    ;

    τὸ ὑμέτερον Antipho 4.2.8

    ;

    καιρόν Th.4.23

    ;

    τὸ συμφέρον Pl.R. 342b

    sq.;

    τὸ πρὸς ποσί S.OT 130

    ; τοὺς νόμους πρὸς τοὺς τῇδε with reference to the laws here, Pl.Ti. 24a;

    τι πρὸς ἐμαυτόν Id.Euthphr.9c

    : abs.,

    σκοπῶν εὕρισκον ἴασιν S.OT68

    , cf. Ph. 282: folld. by an acc. and interrog. clause, or

    μή.., σ. τὴν τελευτὴν κῇ ἀποβήσεται Hdt.1.32

    , cf. S.Ph. 506, OT 407: folld. by an interrog. clause alone,

    σ. πόθεν χρὴ ἄρξασθαι And.1.8

    ;

    σ. εἰ.. S.Ant.41

    , Pl.Lg. 862a ([voice] Med.);

    ὅπως.. X.Cyr.2.2.26

    : sts. c. gen. pers. as well as acc. or clause,

    σκόπει δὴ τόδε αὐτῶν Pl.Tht. 182a

    ;

    πρῶτον αὐτῶν ἐσκόπει πότερα.. X.Mem.1.1.12

    : folld. by a Prep.,

    ἐξ ὧν ἀγγέλλουσι σκοποῦντες λογιεῖσθε τὰ εἰκότα Th.6.36

    , cf. 1.1, X.An.3.1.13;

    πρὸς τὸ ἄρχειν σκοπῶν λογίζομαι Id.Cyr.1.6.8

    ;

    σ. τὰ λοιπὰ πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Antipho 1.31

    ;

    ἀνομολογούμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους Pl.R. 348b

    ; τόδε περὶ αὐτοῦ ib. 351b, etc.;

    τὴν ὀρθολογίαν περί τι Id.Sph. 239b

    : with Adv., abs., ὀρθῶς ς. E.Ph. 155;

    καιρίως Id.Rh. 339

    ;

    ἄμεινον Pl.Smp. 219a

    .
    3 look out for,

    παῦλαν X.An.5.7.32

    ;

    τι ἀγαθόν Id.Hier.9.10

    ;

    νεώσοικον Ar.Ach.96

    ;

    ἐσκόπει γυναῖκά μοι Is.2.18

    , cf. D.Ep.2.11;

    σ. ὄνομα κάλλιον αὐτῇ Plu.2.991f

    .
    II [voice] Med., used like [voice] Act. 1.1 (perh. implying a more deliberate consideration), c. acc., E.IT 68, Hel. 1537;

    τένοντ' ἐς ὀρθὸν ὄμμασι σκοπουμένη Id.Med. 1166

    .
    2 = 1.2, S.OT 964;

    σ. τύχας βροτῶν E.Fr. 262

    : folld. by relat.,

    σ. τίνι τρόπῳ.. Pl.Smp. 176b

    , cf. Th.8.48:

    περί τινος Pl.Prt. 353a

    , X.Hier. 1.10: abs.,

    ἔνεστι τοῖσιν εὖ σκοπουμένοις ταρβεῖν.. S.Tr. 296

    .
    3 = 1.3,

    ὅτανπερ ἀδικεῖν ἐπιχειρῶσιν, ἅμα καὶ τὴν ἀπολογίαν σκοποῦνται Isoc.21.17

    .
    III rarely in [voice] Pass., σκοπῶν καὶ σκοπούμενος ὑπ' ἄλλων considering and being considered, Pl.Lg. 772d; ὁ λόγος.. αἰσχρὸς τοῖς σκοπουμένοις is disgraceful in the very matter considered, D.20.54 (s.v.l., τοῖς ς. secl. Dobree).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σκοπέω

  • 6 διαλογίζομαι

    A

    - λελόγισμαι Amphis 33.9

    :—balance accounts,

    πρός τινα D.52.3

    ;

    τινί PSI5.510.10

     (iii B.C.):—[voice] Pass., SIG 241C127 (Delph., iv B.C.).
    2 calculate exactly,

    ὁπόσον.. Diph.43.15

    , cf. Amphis l.c.; consider,

    ἀεί τι δ. καλόν Democr.112

    , cf. Isoc.6.90, Men.Epit.36; κενὰ δ. ib. 347;

    πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45

    ; stop to consider, D.18.98; distinguish between,

    τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ μή Aeschin.1.18

    .
    II debate, argue,

    περί τινος X. Mem.3.5.1

    .
    III impute,

    τί τινι LXX 2 Ki.19.19(20)

    .
    IV c. acc. loci. hold a circuit court (Lat. conventus) for a district, PRyl. 74.8 (ii A.D.), POxy.484.24 (ii A.D.);

    ἐν Ἰονλιοπόλει BGU903.18

     (ii A.D.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > διαλογίζομαι

  • 7 εἰρωνεύομαι

    A feign ignorance, so as to perplex, Arist. Rh. 1379b31;

    πρός τινα Pl.Cra. 384a

    ;

    πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Din.2.11

    ; banter, Arist.Pol. 1275b27: generally, dissemble, shuffle, Ar.Av. 1211, Pl.Ap. 38a, D.60.18.
    2 employ understatement, Polystr.p.15 W.
    II trans., treat with sarcasm,

    τινά Him.Ecl.1.13

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰρωνεύομαι

  • 8 ψεύδω

    ψεύδω, S.Ant. 389, etc.: [tense] fut.
    A

    ψεύσω Id.OC 628

    , X.Cyr.1.5.13: [tense] aor.

    ἔψευσα A.Pers. 472

    , Plb.18.11.11, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    ψευσθήσομαι S.Tr. 712

    , Gal.15.143: [tense] aor.

    ἐψεύσθην Hdt.1.141

    , etc.: [tense] pf. ἔψευσμαι (v. infr.); imper.

    ἐψεύσθω Aeschin.1.162

    :—cheat by lies, beguile, τινα S.OC 628, etc.:—[voice] Pass., to be cheated, deceived, A.Ch. 759, etc.; εἰ μὴ πολύ γε ἔψευσμαι unless I am much deceived, Antipho 3.2.1.
    2 c. gen., cheat, balk, disappoint one of a thing,

    ψεύσει σ' ὁδοῦ τῆσδ' ἐλπίς E.Hec. 1031

    ;

    ἔψευσας φρενῶν Πέρσας A.Pers. 472

    ;

    μὴ ψεῦσον Ζεῦ τῆς ἐπιούσης ἐλπίδος Ar.Th. 870

    ;

    πιστεύω.. μὴ ψεύσειν με.. τὰς ἐλπίδας X.Cyr.1.5.13

    ;

    πόλλ' ἐλπίδες ψεύδουσι καὶ λόγοι βροτούς E.Fr. 650

    :—[voice] Pass., to be cheated balked, disappointed, τινος of a thing, ψευσθῆναι ἐλπίδος, γάμου, Hdt.1.141, 5.47;

    ἐνάρων S.Aj. 178

    (lyr.);

    δείπνου Ar.Nu. 618

     (troch.); ψευσθέντες τῶν σκοπῶν disappointed of receiving tidings from the scouts, Th.8.103.
    3 in [voice] Pass., also, to be deceived, mistaken in or about a thing, ἐψευσμένοι γνώμης deceived in their judgement, mistaken in opinion, Hdt.8.40, cf. S.Tr. 712 (also

    ψευσθῆναι γνώμῃ Hdt.7.9

    .γ) ; ἐψευσμένοι τῆς Ἀθηναίων δυνάμεως deceived or mistaken in their notions of the Athenian power, Th.4.108; πολλῶν ἐψεύσθητε τῆς οὐσίας you have often had a mistaken idea of a man's wealth, Lys.19.45;

    τούτου οὐκ ἐψεύσθην Pl.Ap. 22d

    ;

    ἐψεῦσθαι τῆς ἀληθείας Id.R. 413a

    ;

    τῆς ὥρας And.1.38

    ;

    ἐψευσμένοι τῶν ὄντων Pl.Tht. 195a

    ; ἐψεῦσθαι ἑαυτῶν, opp. εἰδέναι ἑαυτούς, X.Mem.4.2.26; also

    ψευσθῆναι ἔν τισι Hdt.9.48

    ;

    περί τινος X.An.2.6.28

    , Pl.Prt. 358c: also c. acc.,

    ἐψεύσθη τοῦτο X.An.1.8.11

    , etc.; αὐτοὺς ἐψευσμένη ἡ Ἑλλάς deceived in its estimate of them, Th.6.17 (where αὐτοὺς is prob. corrupt, and shd. perh. be omitted): c. acc. cogn., εὐτυχέστατον ψεῦσμα ἐψευσμένος most happily deceived or mistaken, Pl.Men. 71d: more rarely in [voice] Act., καί μ' ἔψευσας ἐλπίδος πολύ thou hast much belied my expectation, i.e. turned out better than I feared, S.Aj. 1382.
    4 of statements, to be untrue, ἡ τρίτη τῶν ὁδῶν μάλιστα ἔψευσται the third mode of explanation is most untrue, most mistaken, Hdt.2.22.
    II c. acc. rei, like ψευδοποιέω 11, represent a thing as a lie, falsify,

    ψεύδοντες οὐδὲν σῆμα τῶν προκειμένων S.OC 1512

     (prob. for σημάτων) ; ψεύδει ἡ πίνοια τὴν γνώμην afterthought gives opinion the lie, Id.Ant. 389:— [voice] Pass., ἢν τάδε ψευσθῇ λέγων if his word prove (lit. be proved) false, Id.Ph. 1342; ἡ ψευσθεῖσα ὑπόσχεσις the promise broken, Th.3.66;

    πάντα πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔψευσται

     have been falsely reported,

    D.52.23

    ; in E.Andr. 346 for ἀλλὰ ψεύσεται it will be falsely said, Porson's correction ἐψεύσεται is probable ( πεύσεται Kiehl).
    B earlier and more common [full] ψεύδομαι, imper.

    ψεύδεο Il.4.404

     (the [voice] Act. is very rare in [dialect] Att. Prose): [tense] fut.

    ψεύσομαι Hom.

    , Pi., [dialect] Att.: aor ἐψευσάμην, v. infr.: [tense] fut. 2 ἐψεύσομαι ( will have made a false statement) Gal.15.137(s. v.l.): [tense] pf.

    ἔψευσμαι X.An.1.3.10

    .
    I abs., lie, speak false, play false,

    ψεύσομαι ἦ ἔτυμον ἐρέω; Il.10.534

    , Od.4.140;

    οὐκ οἶδα ψεύδεσθαι h.Merc. 369

    ;

    οὐ ψεύσομ' ἀμφὶ Κορίνθῳ Pi.O.13.52

    ;

    περί τινος Pl.Prt. 347a

    ; ψ. κατά τινος, opp. λέγειν τἀληθῆ κατά τινος, Id.Euthd. 284a, Lys.22.7;

    ψ. πρός τινα X.An.1.3.5

    ;

    ψ. τινι Act.Ap. 5.4

     and

    εἴς τινα Ep.Col.3.9

    .
    2 c. inf., say falsely, pretend that.., Plu.2.506d.
    3 c. acc. rei, say that which is untrue, whether intentionally or not,

    τοῦτό γ' οὐκ ἐψεύσατο Ar.Ec. 445

    ;

    οὐδὲν αὐτῶν ψεύδεται Id.Ach. 561

    ;

    κἂν λάβῃς ἐψευσμένον, φάσκειν ἔμ' ἤδη μαντικῇ μηδὲν φρονεῖν S.OT 461

    ;

    ἐάν τι μὴ ἀληθὲς λέγω.., εἰπὲ ὅτι τοῦτο ψεύδομαι· ἑκὼν γὰρ εἶναι οὐδὲν ψεύσομαι Pl.Smp. 214e

    , cf. X.Mem.4.2.19;

    περὶ ὧν ἔψευσται διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς Lys.3.21

    .
    4 to be false or faithless, to be perjured or forsworn, Hes.Op. 283.
    5 ὁ ψευδόμενος, the Liar, name of a fallacy or logical puzzle invented by Eubulides, a disciple of Euclides of Megara, Thphr. ap. D.L.2.108, cf. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.92 ( ψευδόμενος is an interpolation in

    ὁ σοφιστικὸς λόγος ψ. Arist.EN 1146a22

    ).
    II like [voice] Act. 11, belie, falsify, ὅρκια ψεύσασθαι break them, Il.7.352; so

    συνθήκας ψ. X.Ages.1.12

    ;

    γάμους E.Ba. 31

    , 245; so in [tense] plpf.,

    ἔψευστο τὴν ξυμμαχίαν Th.5.83

    ; so also οὐκ ἐψεύσαντο τὰς ἀπειλάς they did not belie, i.e. they made good, their threats, Hdt.6.32; τὰ χρήματα.. ἐψευσμένοι ἦσαν had broken their word about the money, X.An.5.6.35.
    III like [voice] Act. 1, deceive by lies, cheat,

    Αοξίαν ἐψευσάμην A.Ag. 1208

    , cf. X.HG3.1.25; also ψ. τινά τι deceive one in a thing, S.OC 1145, E.Alc. 808; ἅπερ αὐτὸν οὐ ψεύσομαι and therein I will not disappoint him (ironical), i.e. I will carry out my threat, And.1.123; τῶν ἔργων ὧν ἂν τὸν ἐκδόντα ψεύσηται (ὧν being in gen. by attraction) Pl.Lg. 921a.
    IV of combinations of words, make a false statement, Arist.Int. 16a3.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ψεύδω

  • 9 ποιέω

    ποιέω, [dialect] Dor. [full] ποιϝέω IG4.800 ([place name] Troezen), etc.: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.
    A

    ποίεον Il. 20.147

    ; [var] contr.

    ποίει 18.482

    ; [dialect] Ion.

    ποιέεσκον Hdt.1.36

    , 4.78: [tense] fut. ποιήσω: [tense] aor. ἐποίησα, [dialect] Ep.

    ποίησα Il.18.490

    : [tense] pf. πεποίηκα:—[voice] Med., [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf.

    ποιεέσκετο Hdt.7.119

    : [tense] fut.

    ποιήσομαι Il.9.397

    : in pass. sense, Hp.Decent.11, Arist.Metaph. 1021a23: [tense] aor. ἐποιησάμην, [dialect] Ep.

    ποι- Od.5.251

    , al.: [tense] pf. πεποίημαι in med. sense, And.4.22, Decr. ap. D. 18.29:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ποιηθήσομαι ([etym.] μετα-) D.23.62, v. supr.;

    πεποιήσομαι Hp.Mul.1.11

    ,37: [tense] aor.

    ἐποιήθην Hdt.2.159

    , etc. (used as [voice] Med. only in compd. προς-): [tense] pf.

    πεποίημαι Il.6.56

    , etc.:—[dialect] Att. [full] ποῶ (EM 679.24), etc., is guaranteed by metre in Trag. and Com., as

    ποῶ S. OT 918

    ,

    ποεῖν Id.Tr. 385

    ,

    ποεῖς Ar.Ach. 410

    , etc., and found in cod. Laur. of S., cod. Rav. of Ar., also IG12.39.6 ([etym.] ποήσω), 82.9 ([etym.] ποεῖ), 154.7 ([etym.] ἐποησάτην), etc.; but ποι- is always written before -οι, -ου, -ω in Inscrr.: πο- also in [dialect] Aeol.

    πόημι πόης πόει PBouriant8.71

    ,75, Sapph. Supp.1.9, al., and Arc. ποέντω, = ποιούντων, IG5(2).6.9 (Tegea, iv B.C.); cf. ποιητής.
    0-0 Used in two general senses, make and do.
    A make, produce, first of something material, as manufactures, works of art, etc. (opp. πράττειν, Pl.Chrm. 163b), in Hom. freq. of building, π. δῶμα, τύμβον, Il.1.608,7.435;

    εἴδωλον Od.4.796

    ; π. πύλας ἐν [πύργοις] Il.7.339; of smith's work, π. σάκος ib. 222;

    ἐν [σάκεϊ] ποίει δαίδαλα πολλά 18.482

    , cf. 490, 573: freq. in Inscrr. on works of art, Πολυμήδης ἐποίϝηh' (= ἐποίησε )

    Ἀργεῖος SIG5

     (vi B.C., cf. Class.Phil.20.139);

    Θεόπροπος ἐποίει Αἰγινάτας SIG18

    (vi/v B.C.), etc.; ἐποίησε Τερψικλῆς ib.3b(Milet., vi B.C.), etc.;

    τίς.. τὴν λίθον ταύτην τέκτων ἐποίει; Herod.4.22

    ; εἵματα ἀπὸ ξύλων πεποιημένα made from trees, i.e. of cotton, Hdt.7.65;

    ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυρίου X.An. 5.3.9

    ;

    πλοῖα ἐκ τῆς ἀκάνθης ποιεύμενα Hdt.2.96

    ;

    καρβάτιναι πεποιημέναι ἐκ βοῶν X.An.4.5.14

    : c. gen. materiae,

    πωρίνου λίθου π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.5.62

    ;

    ἔρυμα λίθων λογάδην πεποιημένον Th.4.31

    ;

    φοίνικος αἱ θύραι πεποιημέναι X.Cyr.7.5.22

    : rarely

    ποιεῖσθαί τινι

     to be made with..,

    Longus 1.4

    ; also τῶν τὰ κέρεα.. οἱ πήχεες ποιεῦνται the horns of which are made into the sides of the lyre, Hdt.4.192; also δέρμα εἰς περικεφαλαίας πεποίηται Sch.Patm.D.in BCH1.144:—[voice] Med., make for oneself, as of bees, οἰκία ποιήσωνται build them houses, Il.12.168, cf. 5.735, Od.5.251, 259, Hes.Op. 503; [ῥεῖθρον] π., of a river, Thphr. HP3.1.5; also, have a thing made, get it made,

    ὀβελούς Hdt.2.135

    ;

    στεφάνους οὓς ἐποιησάμην τῷ χορῷ D.21.16

    , cf. X.An.5.3.5; τὸν Ἀπόλλω, i.e. a statue of A., Pl.Ep. 361a;

    αὑτοῦ εἰκόνας Plu. Them.5

    , cf. Inscr.Prien.25.9 (iii B.C.?).
    2 create, bring into existence,

    γένος ἀνθρώπων χρύσεον Hes.Op. 110

    , cf. Th. 161, 579, etc.;

    ὁ ποιῶν

     the creator,

    Pl.Ti. 76c

    ;

    ἕτερον Φίλιππον ποιήσετε D.4.11

    :—[voice] Med., beget,

    υἱόν And.1.124

    ;

    ἔκ τινος Id.4.22

    ; παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι, = παιδοποιεῖσθαι, X.Cyr.5.3.19, D.57.43; conceive,

    παιδίον π. ἔκ τινος Pl.Smp. 203b

    :—[voice] Act. in this sense only in later Gr., Plu.2.312a; of the woman, παιδίον ποιῆσαι ib.145d.
    3 generally, produce, ὕδωρ π., of Zeus, Ar.V. 261: impers., ἐὰν πλείω ποιῇ ὕδατα, = ἐὰν ὕη, Thphr.CP1.19.3; π. γάλα, of certain kinds of food, Arist.HA 522b32; ἄρρεν π., of an egg, Ael.VH1.15; μέλι ἄριστον π., of Hymettus, Str.9.1.23; π. καρπόν, of trees, Ev.Matt.3.10 (metaph. in religious sense, ib.8); of men, κριθὰς π. grow barley, Ar. Pax 1322;

    π. σίτου μεδίμνους D.42.20

    ; π. πενίαν, πλοῦτον, of the stars, Plot.2.3.1.
    b Math., make, produce, τομήν, σχῆμα, ὀρθὰς γωνίας, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.16,38, Con.Sph.12;

    ὁ Α τὸν Γ πολλαπλασιάσας τὸν Η πεποίηκεν Euc.7.19

    :—[voice] Pass., πεποιήσθω ὡς.. let it be contrived that.., Archim. Sph.Cyl.2.6.
    d π. τὸ πρόβλημα effect a solution of the problem, Apollon.Perg.Con.2.49,51; π. τὸ ἐπίταγμα fulfil, satisfy the required condition, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.2,3.
    4 after Hom., of Poets, compose, write, π. διθύραμβον, ἔπεα, Hdt.1.23, 4.14;

    π. θεογονίην Ἕλλησι Id.2.53

    ; π. Φαίδραν, Σατύρους, Ar.Th. 153, 157; π. κωμῳδίαν, τραγῳδίαν, etc., Pl.Smp. 223d;

    παλινῳδίαν Isoc.10.64

    , Pl.Phdr. 243b, etc.;

    ποιήματα Id.Phd. 60d

    : abs., write poetry, write as a poet,

    ὀρθῶς π. Hdt.3.38

    ;

    ἐν τοῖσι ἔπεσι π. Id.4.16

    , cf. Pl. Ion 534b: folld. by a quotation,

    ἐπόησάς ποτε.. Ar.Th. 193

    ;

    εἴς τινα Pl.Phd. 61b

    ;

    περὶ θεῶν Id.R. 383a

    , etc.
    c describe in verse,

    θεὸν ἐν ἔπεσιν Pl.R. 379a

    ; ἐποίησα μύθους τοὺς Αἰσώπου put them into verse, Id.Phd. 61b;

    μῦθον Lycurg.100

    .
    d invent,

    καινοὺς θεούς Pl.Euthphr.3b

    ; ὑπὸ ποιητέω τινὸς ποιηθὲν [τοὔνομα] Hdt.3.115;

    πεποιημένα ὀνόματα Arist.Rh. 1404b29

    , cf.Po. 1457b2; opp. αὐτοφυῆ, κύρια, D.H.Is.7, Pomp. 2.
    II bring about, cause,

    τελευτήν Od.1.250

    ;

    γαλήνην 5.452

    ;

    φόβον Il.12.432

    ;

    σιωπὴν παρὰ πάντων X.HG6.3.10

    ;

    τέρψιν τοῖς θεωμένοις Id.Mem.3.10.8

    ;

    αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει Isoc.7.54

    , etc.; also of things,

    ἄνεμοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶνται· ἃ δὲ ποιοῦσι φανερά X.Mem.4.3.14

    ;

    ταὐτὸν ἐποίει αὐτοῖς νικᾶν τε μαχομένοις καὶ μηδὲ μάχεσθαι Th.7.6

    , cf. 2.89.
    b c. acc. et inf., cause or bring about that..,

    σε θεοὶ ποίησαν ἱκέσθαι [ἐς] οἶκον Od.23.258

    ;

    π. τινὰ κλύειν S.Ph. 926

    ;

    π. τινὰ βλέψαι Ar.Pl. 459

    , cf. 746;

    π. τινὰ τριηραρχεῖν Id.Eq. 912

    , cf. Av.59; π. τινὰ αἰσχύνεσθαι, κλάειν, ἀπορεῖν, etc., X.Cyr.4.5.48, 2.2.13, Pl.Tht. 149a, etc.: with ὥστε inserted, X.Cyr.3.2.29, Ar.Eq. 351, etc.: folld. by a relat. clause,

    π. ὅκως ἔσται ἡ Κύπρος ἐλευθέρη Hdt.5.109

    , cf. 1.209;

    ὡς ἂν.. εἰδείην ἐποίουν X.Cyr.6.3.18

    :—also [voice] Med., ἐποιήσατο ὡς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶεν ib.6.1.23.
    2 procure,

    π. ἄδειάν τε καὶ κάθοδόν τινι Th.8.76

    ;

    ὁ νόμος π. τὴν κληρονομίαν τισί Is.11.1

    ; λόγος ἀργύριον τῷ λέγοντι π. gets him money, D.10.76:—[voice] Med., procure for oneself, gain,

    κλέος αὐτῇ ποιεῖτ' Od.2.126

    ;

    ἄδειαν Th.6.60

    ;

    τιμωρίαν ἀπό τινων Id.1.25

    ;

    τὸν βίον ἀπὸ γεωργίας X.Oec.6.11

    , cf. Th.1.5.
    3 of sacrifices, festivals, etc., celebrate,

    π. ἱρά Hdt.9.19

    , cf. 2.49 ([voice] Act. and [voice] Pass.);

    π. τὴν θυσίαν τῷ Ποσειδῶνι X.HG4.5.1

    ; π. Ἴσθμια ib.4.5.2;

    τῇ θεῷ ἑορτὴν δημοτελῆ π. Th.2.15

    ;

    παννυχίδα π. Pl.R. 328a

    ; π. σάββατα observe the Sabbath, LXXEx.31.16; π. ταφάς, of a public funeral, Pl. Mx. 234b;

    π. ἐπαρήν SIG38.30

    (Teos, v B.C.); also of political assemblies,

    π. ἐκκλησίαν Ar.Eq. 746

    , Th.1.139;

    π. μυστήρια Id.6.28

     ([voice] Pass.);

    ξύλλογον σφῶν αὐτῶν Id.1.67

    :—[voice] Med.,

    ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο Il.8.2

    ;

    ἢν θυσίην τις ποιῆται Hdt.6.57

     (v.l.);

    δημοσίᾳ ταφὰς ἐποιήσαντο Th.2.34

    ;

    π. ἀγῶνα Id.4.91

    ;

    π. ἐκκλησίαν τοῖς Γρᾳξὶ περὶ μισθοῦ Ar.Ach. 169

    .
    4 of war and peace, πόλεμον π. cause or give rise to a war,

    πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἀντ' εἰρήνης πρὸς Αακεδαιμονίους π. Is.11.48

    ; but π. ποιησόμενοι about to make war (on one's own part), X.An.5.5.24; εἰρήνην π. bring about a peace (for others), Ar. Pax 1199;

    σπονδὰς π. X.An.4.3.14

    ;

    ξυμμαχίαν ποιῆσαι Th.2.29

    ; but εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι make peace (for oneself), And.3.11;

    σπονδὰς ποιήσασθαι Th.1.28

    , etc.:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἐπεποίητο συμμαχίη Hdt.1.77

    , etc.
    5 freq. in [voice] Med. with Nouns periphr. for the Verb derived from the Noun, μύθου ποιήσασθαι ἐπισχεσίην submit a plea, Od.21.71; ποιέεσθαι ὁδοιπορίην, for ὁδοιπορέειν, Hdt.2.29;

    π. ὁδόν Id.7.42

    , 110, 112, etc.; π. πλόον, for πλέειν, Id.6.95, cf. Antipho 5.21; π. κομιδήν, for κομίζεσθαι, Hdt.6.95; θῶμα π. τὴν ἐργασίην, for θωμάζειν, Id.1.68; ὀργὴν π., for ὀργίζεσθαι, Id.3.25; λήθην π. τι, for λανθάνεσθαί τινος, Id.1.127; βουλὴν π., for βουλεύεσθαι, Id.6.101; συμβολὴν π., for συμβάλλεσθαι, Id.9.45; τὰς μάχας π., for μάχεσθαι, S.El. 302, etc.; καταφυγὴν π., for καταφεύγειν, Antipho 1.4; ἀγῶνα π., for ἀγωνίζεσθαι, Th.2.89; π. λόγον [τινός] make account of.., Hdt.7.156; but τοὺς λόγους π. hold a conference, Th.1.128; also simply for λέγειν, Lys.25.2, cf. Pl.R. 527a, etc.; also π. δι' ἀγγέλου, π. διὰ χρηστηρίων, communicate by a messenger, an oracle, Hdt.6.4, 8.134.
    III with Adj. as predic., make, render so and so, ποιῆσαί τινα ἄφρονα make one senseless, Od.23.12; [δῶρα] ὄλβια ποιεῖν make them blest, i.e. prosper them, 13.42, cf. Il.12.30;

    τοὺς Μήδους ἀσθενεῖς π. X.Cyr.1.5.2

    , etc.;

    χρήσιμον ἐξ ἀχρήστου π. Pl.R. 411b

    : with a Subst., ποιῆσαι ἀθύρματα make into playthings, Il. 15.363;

    ποιεῖν τινα βασιλῆα Od.1.387

    ;

    ταμίην ἀνέμων 10.21

    ;

    γέροντα 16.456

    ;

    ἄκοιτίν τινι Il.24.537

    ;

    γαμβρὸν ἑόν Hes.Th. 818

    ; [

    μύρμηκας] ἄνδρας π. [καὶ] γυναῖκας Id.Fr.76.5

    ;

    πολιήτας π. τινάς Hdt.7.156

    ;

    Ἀθηναῖον π. τινά Th.2.29

    , etc.;

    π. τινὰ παράδειγμα Isoc.4.39

    : hence, appoint, instal,

    τὸν Μωϋσῆν καὶ τὸν Ἀαρών LXX 1 Ki.12.6

    ;

    δώδεκα Ev.Marc.3.14

    :—[voice] Med., ποιεῖσθαί τινα ἑταῖρον make him one's friend, Hes. Op. 707, cf. 714; π. τινὰ ἄλοχον or ἄκοιτιν take her to oneself as wife, Il.3.409, 9.397, cf. Od.5.120, etc.; π. τινὰ παῖδα make him one's son, i.e. adopt him as son, Il.9.495, etc.; θετὸν παῖδα π. adopt a son, Hdt. 6.57: without υἱόν, adopt,

    ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἦσαν αὐτῷ παῖδες ἄρρενες, π. Λεωκράτη D.41.3

    , cf. 39.6,33, 44.25, Pl.Lg. 923c, etc.;

    π. τινὰ θυγατέρα Hdt.4.180

    : generally,

    ἅπαντας ἢ σῦς ἠὲ λύκους π. Od.10.433

    ;

    π. τινὰ πολίτην Isoc.9.54

    ;

    μαθητήν Pl.Cra. 428b

    ;

    τὰ κρέα π. εὔτυκα Hdt. 1.119

    ; τὰ ἔπεα ἀπόρρητα π. making them a secret, Id.9.45, etc.; also ἑωυτοῦ ποιέεται τὸ.. ἔργον makes it his own, Id.1.129;

    μηδ' ἃ μὴ 'θιγες ποιοῦ σεαυτῆς S.Ant. 547

    .
    IV put in a certain place or condition, etc.,

    ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς.. ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ὧδε νόημα ποίησ' Od.14.274

    ;

    σφῶϊν ὧδε θεῶν τις ἐνὶ φρεσὶ ποιήσειεν Il.13.55

    ;

    αἲ γὰρ τοῦτο θεοὶ ποιήσειαν ἐπὶ νόον νησιώτῃσι Hdt.1.27

    , cf. 71;

    ἐν αἰσχύνῃ π. τὴν πόλιν D.18.136

    ;

    τὰς ναῦς ἐπὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ π. Th.1.109

    ;

    ἔξω κεφαλὴν π. Hdt.5.33

    ;

    ἔξω βελῶν τὴν τάξιν π. X.Cyr.4.1.3

    ;

    ἐμαυτὸν ὡς πορρωτάτω π. τῶν ὑποψιῶν Isoc.3.37

    ; of troops, form them,

    ὡς ἂν κράτιστα.. X.An.5.2.11

    , cf. 3.4.21; in politics,

    ἐς ὀλίγους τὰς ἀρχὰς π. Th.8.53

    ; and in war, π. Γετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ bring it under his power, D.18.48;

    μήτε τοὺς νόμους μήθ' ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς λέγουσι π. Id.58.61

    :—[voice] Med.,

    ποιέεσθαι ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt.1.201

    , cf.5.103, etc.;

    ὑπὸ χεῖρα X.Ages.1.22

    ; π. τινὰς ἐς φυλακήν, τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων ἐς ἀσφάλειαν, Th.3.3, 8.1;

    τινὰς ἐς τὸ συμμαχικόν Hdt.9.106

    ; τὰ λεπτὰ πλοῖα ἐντὸς π. put the small vessels in the middle, Th.2.83, cf. 6.67; π. τινὰ ἐκποδών (v. ἐκποδών)

    ; ὄπισθεν π. τὸν ποταμόν X.An. 1.10.9

    .
    2 Math., multiply, π. τὰ ιβ ἐπὶ τὰ έ, τὰ ζ ἐφ' ἑαυτὰ π., Hero Metr.1.8, 2.14.
    V [voice] Med., deem, consider, reckon a thing as.., συμφορὴν ποιέεσθαί τι take it for a misfortune, Hdt.1.83, 6.61; δεινὸν π. τι esteem it a grievous thing, take it ill, Id.1.127, etc. (rarely in [voice] Act.,

    δεινὰ π. 2.121

    .έ, Th.5.42); μέγα π. c. inf., deem it a great matter that.., Hdt.8.3, cf. 3.42, etc.;

    μεγάλα π. ὅτι.. Id.1.119

    ; ἑρμαῖον π. τι count it clear gain, Pl.Grg. 489c;

    οὐκέτι ἀνασχετὸν π. τι Th.1.118

    : freq. with Preps., δι' οὐδενὸς π. deem of no account, S.OC 584; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ, ἐν ὁμοίῳ π., Hdt.1.118,7.138;

    ἐν σμικρῷ μέρει S.Ph. 498

    ;

    ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ Th.4.5

    ;

    ἐν ὀργῇ D.1.16

    ; ἐν νόμῳ π. consider as lawful, Hdt. 1.131; ἐν ἀδείῃ π. consider as safe, Id.9.42;

    παρ' ὀλίγον π. τι X. An.6.6.11

    ; περὶ πολλοῦ π., Lat. magni facere, Lys.1.1, etc.; περὶ πλείονος, περὶ πλείστου π., Id.14.40, Pl.Ap. 21e, etc.; περὶ ὀλίγου, περὶ ἐλάττονος, Isoc.17.58, 18.63;

    περὶ παντός Id.2.15

     (rarely

    πολλοῦ π. τι Pl.Prt. 328d

    ); πρὸ πολλοῦ π. c. inf., Isoc.5.138.
    VII of Time, οὐ π. χρόνον make no long time, i. e. not to delay, D.19.163 codd.; μακρότερον ποιεῖς you are taking too long, PCair.Zen.48.4 (iii B.C.); μέσας π. νύκτας let midnight come, Pl.Phlb. 50d, cf. AP11.85 (Lucill.); ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν π. τὴν ὥραν put off the time of business to past midnight, D.54.26; τὴν νύκτα ἐφ' ὅπλοις ποιεῖσθαι spend it under arms, Th.7.28(s.v.l.);

    ποιήσουσιν ἐν πλούτῳ ἔτη πολλά LXXPr.13.23

    , cf. To.10.7;

    δύο ἡμέρας ποιεῖ ἐν τῷ Ἀνουβιείῳ UPZ70.21

     (ii B.C.), cf. PSI4.362.15 (iii B.C.);

    τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι π. D.S.1.35

    ; tarry, stay,

    μῆνας τρεῖς Act.Ap. 20.3

    , cf. AP11.330 (Nicarch.).
    VIII in later Greek, sacrifice,

    μοσχάριον LXXEx.29.36

    ; καρπώσεις ὑπέρ τινος ib.Jb.42.8: without acc., π. Ἀστάρτῃ sacrifice to Ashtoreth, ib.3 Ki.11.33.
    IX make ready, prepare, as food, μοσχάριον ib.Ge.18.7 sq.; π. τὸν μύστακα trim it, ib.2 Ki.19.24(25).
    X ποιεῖν βασιλέα play the king, ib.3 Ki.20 (21).7.
    B do, much like πράσσω, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν D. 4.5;

    περὶ ὧν πράττει καὶ μέλλει ποιεῖν Id.8.2

    , cf. 18.62;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται Il.6.56

    ;

    πλείονα χρηστὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν Ar.Eq. 811

    ;

    τὰ δίκαια τοῖς εὐεργέταις D.20.12

    ;

    ἅμα ἔπος τε καὶ ἔργον ἐποίεε Hdt.3.134

     fin.; ποιέειν Σπαρτιητικά act like a Spartan, Id.5.40;

    οὗτος τί ποιεῖς; A. Supp. 911

    , etc.;

    τὸ προσταχθὲν π. S.Ph. 1010

    ; π. τὴν μουσικήν practise it, Pl.Phd. 60e, etc.; πᾶν or πάντα π., v. πᾶς D. 111.2, etc.: Math., ὅπερ ἔδει ποιῆσαι, = Q.E.F., Euc.1.1, etc.
    2 c. dupl. acc., do something to another, κακά or ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν τινα, first in Hdt.3.75, al.; ἀγαθόν, κακὸν π. τινά, Isoc.16.50, etc.;

    μεγάλα τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθά Din.1.17

    ; also

    εὖ ποιεῖν τὸν εὖ ποιοῦντα X.Mem.2.3.8

    ; τὴν ἐκείνου (sc. χώραν)

    κακῶς π. D.1.18

    ; in LXX with Prep.,

    π. κακὸν μετά τινων Ge. 26.29

    ;

    ταῦτα τοῦτον ἐποίησα Hdt.1.115

    ;

    κοὐκ οἶδ' ὅ τι χρῆμά με ποιεῖς Ar.V. 697

    , cf. Nu. 259; also of things, ἀργύριον τωὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐποίεε he did this same thing with silver, Hdt.4.166: less freq. c. dat. pers.,

    τῷ τεθνεῶτι μηδὲν τῶν νομιζομένων π. Is.4.19

    ;

    ἵππῳ τἀναντία X.Eq.9.12

     codd., cf. Ar.Nu. 388, D.29.37: c. dat. rei,

    τί ποιήσωμεν κιβωτῷ; LXX 1 Ki.5.8

    :—in [voice] Med.,

    φίλα ποιέεσθαί τισι Hdt.2.152

    ,5.37.
    3 with an Adv., ὧδε ποίησον do thus, Id.1.112; πῶς ποιήσεις; how will you act? S.OC 652;

    πῶς δεῖ ποιεῖν περὶ θυσίας X.Mem.1.3.1

    ;

    ποίει ὅπως βούλει Id.Cyr.1.4.9

    ;

    μὴ ἄλλως π. Pl.R. 328d

    ; πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους πῶς ποιήσουσιν; ib. 469b; ὀρθῶς π. ib. 403e; εὖ, κακῶς π. τινά, v. supr. 2: freq. c. part.,

    εὖ ἐποίησας ἀπικόμενος Hdt.5.24

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 60c;

    καλῶς ποιεῖς προνοῶν X.Cyr.7.4.13

    ;

    οἷον ποιεῖς ἡγούμενος Pl.Chrm. 166c

    ; καλῶς ποιῶν almost Adverbial,

    καλῶς γ', ἔφη, ποιῶν σύ Id.Smp. 174e

    ;

    καλῶς ποιοῦντες.. πράττετε D.20.110

    , cf. 1.28;

    εὖ ποιοῦν

     fortunately,

    Id.23.143

    .
    4 in Prose (rarely in Poetry, A.Pr. 935), used in the second clause, to avoid repeating the Verb of the first, ἐρώτησον αὐτούς· μᾶλλον δ' ἐγὼ τοῦθ' ὑπὲρ σοῦ ποιήσω I will do this for you, D.18.52, cf. 292, Hdt.5.97, Is.7.35.
    II abs., to be doing, act,

    ποιέειν ἢ παθεῖν πρόκειται ἀγών Hdt.7.11

    ; ποιεῖν, as a category, opp. πάσχειν, Arist.Cat. 2a3, cf. GC 322b11, Ph. 225b13.
    b of medicine, operate, be efficacious, Pl.Phd. 117b;

    λουτρὰ κάλλιστα ποιοῦντα πρὸς νόσους Str. 5.3.6

    ; πρὸς στραγγουρίαν, πρὸς τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους, Thphr.HP7.14.1, Ps.-Plu.Fluv.16.2: freq. in Dsc.,

    πρὸς ἐπιλημπτικούς 1.6

    , al.;

    εἰς τὰ αὐτά 2.133

    : c. dat.,

    στομαχικοῖς Gal.13.183

    : abs., ἄκρως π. ib.265; also of charms, PMag.Osl.1.361.
    2 Th. has a peculiar usage, ἡ εὔνοια παρὰ πολὺ ἐποίει μᾶλλον ἐς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους good-will made greatly for, on the side of, the L., 2.8: impers., ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐποίει τῆς δόξης τοῖς μὲν ἠπειρώταις εἶναι, τοῖς δέ.. it was the general character of the one to be landsmen, of the others.., 4.12: the former passage is imitated by Arr.An.2.2.3, App.BC1.82, D.C.57.6.
    C [voice] Med., = προσποιέομαι, pretend, c. inf., Zos.2.14.1, Procop.Arc. 10. ( ποιϝέω perh. from Ποι-ϝό-ς (in κλινοποιός, νεωποιός, τραπεζοποιός, etc.) 'builder', 'maker', cf. Skt. cinóti, cáyati 'arrange in order', 'build'.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ποιέω

  • 10 φιλοτιμία

    φῐλοτῑμ-ία, [dialect] Ion. -ιη, ἡ,
    A love of honour or distinction, ambition, freq. in bad sense in early writers, Pi.Fr. 210, E.IA 527, Ar.Th. 383, Arist.EN 1125b22;

    κακίστη δαιμόνων Φ. E.Ph. 532

    ;

    ἄκαιρος Isoc.Ep.2.9

    ;

    πλεονεξία καὶ φ. Th.3.82

    ; with φιλονικία, Pl.Lg. 860e; also in good sense, Isoc.5.110, X.Mem.3.3.13, Hier.7.3, Pl.R. 553c: the object is added in gen., φ. τῶν καλῶν ib. 555a, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.35; also

    φ. ἐπὶ τοῖς καλοῖς Pl.Smp. 178d

    ; ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων, περί τι, Plb.1.52.4, 5.71.6;

    πρὸς τὰ καλά Id.6.55.4

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 834b; but φ. πρός τινα ambitious rivalry with him,

    ἡ πρὸς ἀλλήλους φ. καὶ στάσις Plb.4.87.7

     (but αἱ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς φ. is f.l. for φιλονικίαι (ap.Stob.) in Isoc.3.18); φ. ἐμβάλλειν τινί, ὅπως .. X. Cyr.8.1.39: freq. with Preps.,

    διὰ φιλοτιμίαν Pl.R. 586c

    , Isoc.5.86, etc.;

    φιλοτιμίας ἕνεκα Lys.19.56

    ;

    ὑπὸ φιλοτιμίας Pl.Phdr. 257c

    , etc.; simply

    φιλοτιμίᾳ D.2.18

    ;

    φ. τινὶ καὶ φιλονεικίᾳ Plu.2.856a

    : pl., jealousies, rivalries,

    κατ' ἰδίας φ. Th.8.89

    ;

    φιλονικίαι καὶ φ. Pl.R. 548c

    , etc.;

    αἱ φ. τῶν συγγραφέων

     party-feelings,

    Plb.3.21.10

    .
    2 conceited obstinacy,

    ἡ φ. κτῆμα σκαιόν Hdt.3.53

    ;

    ὑπὸ φιλοτιμίας, ἣν ὀνομάζουσιν οἱ νῦν Ἕλληνες κενοδοξίαν Gal.6.415

    .
    3 ambitious display, ostentation,

    πλούτου Lys.33.2

    : but freq.
    4 lavish outlay for public purposes, munificence,

    ἡ πρὸς ὑμᾶς φ. Aeschin.3.19

    , cf. POxy. 1153.16 (i A. D.), Dacia 1.273 ([place name] Tomi), BCH51.99 ([place name] Panamara), etc.: pl., occasions for munificence, Plu.Nic.3.
    II the object coveted, honour, distinction, credit,

    ἔστιν τὸ γράμμα ἐκείνῳ μὲν φ. πρὸς ὑμᾶς D.20.69

    ;

    φ. παρέχειν τινί X.Hier.1.27

    ; ἐκείνῳ ἔχει φ. is to his credit, D.2.3;

    ψευδῆ φ. κτᾶται Aeschin.3.45

    ;

    ἑνὶ τὴν φ. συνεχώρησεν Plu. Phoc.20

    ; both in sg. and pl., ἀποστερεῖσθαι τῆς φιλοτιμίας or τῶν -ιῶν, D.24.210, 19.223, cf. 24.91 (pl.); στέφανος φιλοτιμίας διὰ βίου, as an honour, Rev.Arch.22(1925).62 ([place name] Callatis); φιλοτιμίας χρυσίον charitable fund, ib.34(1931).347 ([place name] Stobi).
    III punningly, the conduct of one Philotimus, Cic.Att.6.9.2, 7.1.1.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φιλοτιμία

  • 11 θέλω

    θέλω (s. prec. two entries; on its relation to the Attic ἐθέλω, which is not found in NT, LXX, En, TestSol, TestAbr, TestJob, Test12Patr, GrBar, JosAs, ParJer, ApcEsdr, ApcMos, AscIs, s. Kühner-Bl. I 187f; II 408f; B-D-F §101 p. 45; Mlt-H. 88; 189; Rob. 205f. θέλω is found since 250 B.C. in the Attic ins [Meisterhans3-Schw. p. 178; Threatte II 637f], likew. quite predom. in the pap [Mayser I2/2, ’38, 119]; LXX, En, TestSol, TestAbr, TestJob, Test12Patr; GrBar 13:1; JosAs 23:7; ApcSed; AscIs 3:23; Jos., Ant. 18, 144, C. Ap. 2, 192; apolog., exc. Mel. [but s. ἐθέλω]) impf. ἤθελον; fut. θελήσω Rv 11:5 v.l.; 1 aor. ἠθέλησα ([ἤθελα TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 2: Stone p. 12] on the augment s. B-D-F §66, 3; Mlt-H. 188); pf. 2 sg. τεθέληκας Ps 40:11; 1 aor. pass. subj. θεληθῶ IRo 8:1. ‘Wish’.
    ① to have a desire for someth., wish to have, desire, want τὶ someth. (on the difference betw. θ. and βούλομαι s. the latter) (Diogenes the Cynic, Fgm. 2: Trag. Gr. p. 809 Nauck2; Sotades [280 B.C.: not the comic poet] in Stob. 3, 1, 66 t. III p. 27, 5 H.; πάντα θέλων Theocr. 14, 11 πάντα, πᾶν ὅ ἐὰν θελήσωμεν, ποιήσωμεν En 97:9) Mt 20:21; Mk 14:36 (DDaube, A Prayer Pattern in Judaism, TU 73, ’59, 539–45); Lk 5:39; J 15:7; 1 Cor 4:21; 2 Cor 11:12. W. pres. inf. foll. τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν; why do you want to hear (it) again? J 9:27a. εἰ θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι Mt 19:21 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 2, 2 εἰ ἐθέλεις ἐπέραστος εἶναι). ἤθελεν ἀπολογεῖσθαι wished to make a defense Ac 19:33. ἤθελον παρεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἄρτι I wish I were with you now Gal 4:20. ἤθελον I would like w. aor. inf. (Epict. 1, 29, 38; PLond III, 897, 20 p. 207 [84 A.D.]); Hv 3, 8, 6; 3, 11, 4 (s. B-D-F §359, 2; cp. Rob. 923). θέλω w. aor. inf. foll. also occurs Mt 5:40; 12:38; 16:25; 19:17; Mk 10:43; Lk 8:20; 23:8; J 12:21 (Diog. L. 6, 34 ξένων δέ ποτε θεάσασθαι θελόντων Δημοσθένην); Ac 25:9b; 2 Cor 11:32 v.l.; Gal 3:2; Js 2:20 (cp. Seneca, Ep. 47, 10: vis tu cogitare); 1 Pt 3:10; B 7:11 (Ar. 13:5; Just., D. 8:4; Tat. 19, 2; Ath. 32, 1). Abs., though the inf. is to be supplied fr. the context: Mt 17:12 (sc. ποιῆσαι); 27:15; Mk 9:13; J 21:18. Foll. by acc. w. inf. Mk 7:24; Lk 1:62; J 21:22f; Ac 16:3; Ro 16:19; 1 Cor 7:7, 32; 14:5; Gal 6:13 (Just., D. 6, 2; Tat. 19, 3). Negative οὐ θέλω (other moods take μή as neg.) I do not wish, I am not willing, I will not foll. by acc. (Just., D. 28, 4 περιτομήν) and aor. inf. Mt 23:4; Lk 19:14, 27; 1 Cor 10:20; IRo 2:1. οὐ θέλω (θέλομεν) ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν I do not wish you to be ignorant = I want you to know (BGU 27, 5 and PGiss 11, 4 [118 A.D.] γινώσκειν σε θέλω ὅτι) Ro 1:13; 11:25; 1 Cor 10:1; 12:1; 2 Cor 1:8; 1 Th 4:13. W. ἵνα foll. (Epict. 1, 18, 14; 2, 7, 8) Mt 7:12; Mk 6:25; 9:30; 10:35; Lk 6:31; J 17:24 (on Mt 7:12=Lk 6:31 [w. inf. αὐτοῖς γίνεσθαι Ar. 15, 5] s. LPhilippidis, D. ‘Goldene Regel’ religionsgesch. untersucht 1929, Religionswissensch. Forschungsberichte über die ‘goldene Regel’ ’33; GKing, The ‘Negative’ Golden Rule, JR 8, 1928, 268–79; ADihle, D. Goldene Regel, ’62; Betz, SM ad loc.). Foll. by aor. subj. (deliberative subj.; s. Kühner-G. I 221f; B-D-F §366, 3; 465, 2; Rob. 935; Epict. 3, 2, 14 θέλεις σοι εἴπω;=‘do you wish me to tell you?’; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 14 III, 6 καὶ σοὶ [=σὺ] λέγε τίνος θέλεις κατηγορήσω) θέλεις συλλέξωμεν αὐτά; do you want us to gather them? Mt 13:28; θέλις χαλκέα ἄγωμεν; do you want us to bring a smith? AcPl Ha 3, 5. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32 (cp. Plautus, Merc. 1, 2, 49 [ln. 159]: quid vis faciam?); cp. 26:17; 27:17, 21; Mk 10:36 (CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357; AHiggins, ET 52, ’41, 317f), 51; 14:12; 15:9, 12 v.l.; Lk 9:54; 18:41; 22:9. W. ἤ foll.: I would rather … than … or instead of (Trypho Alex. [I B.C.], Fgm. 23 [AvVelsen 1853] = Gramm. Gr. II/2 p. 43, 10 περιπατεῖν θέλω ἤπερ ἑστάναι; Epict. 3, 22, 53; BGU 846, 15 [II A.D.] θέλω πηρὸς γενέσθαι, ἢ γνῶναι, ὅπως ἀνθρώπῳ ἔτι ὀφείλω ὀβολόν; 2 Macc 14:42; Just., A I, 15, 8) 1 Cor 14:19. W. εἰ foll. (Is 9:4f; Sir 23:14) τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη how I wish it were already kindled! Lk 12:49.
    ② to have someth. in mind for oneself, of purpose, resolve, will, wish, want, be ready (cp. Pla., Ap. 41a) to do τὶ someth. Ro 7:15f, 19f (Epict. 2, 26, 1 of one who errs ὸ̔ μὲν θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ what he resolves he does not do; cp. also 2, 26, 2; 4 and s. on ποιέω 2e; Ar. 9, 1 εἰ θελήσομεν ἐπεξελθεῖν τῷ λόγῳ; Just., D. 2, 2 θέλω εἰπεῖν); 1 Cor 7:36; Gal 5:17. W. aor. inf. foll. (Judg 20:5) Mt 11:14; 20:14; 23:37; 26:15. ἤθελεν παρελθεῖν αὐτούς he was ready to pass by them Mk 6:48 (CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 356). Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι Herod wants to kill you Lk 13:31. Cp. J 1:43. ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσετε ἀγαλλιασθῆναι you were minded to rejoice 5:35; 6:21; 7:44; Ac 25:9a; Gal 4:9; Col 1:27; 1 Th 2:18; Rv 11:5. Also pres. inf. (2 Esdr 11:11) J 6:67; 7:17; 8:44; Ac 14:13; 17:18; Ro 7:21; 2 Cl 6:1; B 4:9. Abs., but w. the inf. supplied fr. the context Mt 8:2 (cp. what was said to the physician in Epict. 3, 10, 15 ἐὰν σὺ θέλῃς, κύριε, καλῶς ἕξω); Mk 3:13; 6:22; J 5:21; Ro 9:18ab; Rv 11:6. τί οὖν θέλετε, κρίνατε AcPl Ha 1, 26. W. acc. and inf. foll. 1 Cl 36:2.—Abs. ὁ θέλων the one who wills Ro 9:16. τοῦ θεοῦ θέλοντος if it is God’s will (Jos., Ant. 7, 373; PMich 211, 4 τοῦ Σεράπιδος θέλοντος; PAmh 131, 5 ἐλπίζω θεῶν θελόντων διαφεύξεσθαι; PGiss 18, 10; BGU 423, 18 τῶν θεῶν θελόντων; 615, 4f; Ar. 7, 1 μὴ θέλοντος αὐτοῦ) Ac 18:21. Also ἐὰν ὁ κύριος θελήσῃ (Pla., Phd. 80d; Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1 p. 135d; Demosth. 4, 7; 25, 2 ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ; Ps.-Demetr., Form. Ep. 11, 12 ἐὰν οἱ θεοὶ θ.; PPetr I, 2, 3; Just., D. 5, 3 ἔστʼ ἂν ὁ θεὸς θέλῃ) 1 Cor 4:19; cp. Js 4:15; 1 Cl 21:9. ὅτε θέλει καὶ ὡς θέλει 27:5 (cp. BGU 27, 11 ὡς ὁ θεὸς ἤθελεν). καθὼς ἠθέλησεν (i.e. ὁ θεός) 1 Cor 12:18; 15:38 (Hymn to Isis: SEG VIII, 549, 19f [I B.C.] πᾶσι μερίζεις οἷσι θέλεις). Cp. εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ= if God so wills it 1 Pt 3:17 (v.l. θέλει; on fluctuation of opt. and ind. in the ms. tradition, cp. Soph., Antig. 1032). οὐ θέλω I will not, do not propose, am not willing, do not want w. pres. inf. foll. (Gen 37:35; Is 28:12; Tat. 4:2 al.) J 7:1; 2 Th 3:10; 2 Cl 13:1. W. aor. inf. foll. (2 Km 23:16; Jer 11:10) Mt 2:18 (cp. Jer 38:15); 15:32; 22:3; Mk 6:26; Lk 15:28; J 5:40; Ac 7:39; 1 Cor 16:7; Dg 10:7 al. Abs., but w. the inf. to be supplied fr. the context Mt 18:30; Lk 18:4. οὐ θέλω I prefer not to Mt 21:29. AcPl Ha 3, 6; 7, 3.—Of purpose, opp. ἐνεργεῖν Phil 2:13. Opp. κατεργάζεσθαι Ro 7:18. Opp. ποιεῖν 2 Cor 8:10 (s. Betz, 2 Cor 64). Opp. πράσσειν Ro 7:15, 19.
    ③ to take pleasure in, like
    ⓐ w. inf. foll.: to do someth. Mk 12:38 (later in the same sentence w. acc.; cp. b τὶ); Lk 20:46 (w. φιλεῖν).
    ⓑ τινά (Gorgias: Vorsokr. 82 Fgm. 29 [in the Gnomolog. Vatic. 166, s. WienerStud. 10, p. 36] τοῖς μνηστῆρσιν, οἳ Πηνελόπην θέλοντες …; Vi. Aesopi W 31 P. θέλω αὐτήν; Ps 40:12; Tob 13:8; ParJer 8:2 ὁ θέλων τὸν κύριον) Mt 27:43 (Ps 21:9); IMg 3:2. τὶ (Epict. 1, 4, 27; Ezk 18:32) Mt 9:13; 12:7 (both Hos 6:6); Hb 10:5, 8 (both Ps 39:7). ἔν τινι (neut.: TestAsh 1:6 v.l. ἐὰν ἡ ψυχὴ θέλῃ ἐν καλῷ; Ps 111:1; 146:10; masc.: 1 Km 18:22; 2 Km 15:26; 3 Km 10:9) θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσύνῃ taking pleasure in humility Col 2:18 (Augustine, Ep. 149, 27 [MPL 33, 641f]; AFridrichsen, ZNW 21, 1922, 135f; s. B-D-F §148, 2 and R. §148, 2).
    ⓒ abs. feel affection perh. w. obj. for me understood (opp. μισεῖν) IRo 8:3.
    ④ to have an opinion, maintain contrary to the true state of affairs (Paus. 1, 4, 6 Ἀρκάδες ἐθέλουσιν εἶναι; 8, 36, 2; Herodian 5, 3, 5 εἰκόνα ἡλίου ἀνέργαστον εἶναι θέλουσιν) λανθάνει αὐτοὺς τοῦτο θέλοντας in maintaining this it escapes them (=they forget) 2 Pt 3:5. Of the devil [θεὸς] θέλων εἶναι AcPlCor 2:11.—HRiesenfeld, Zum Gebrauch von θέλω im NT: Arbeiten … aus dem neutestamentlichen Seminar zu Uppsala 1, ’36, 1–8; AWifstrand, Die griech. Verba für ‘wollen’: Eranos 40, ’42.
    ⑤ τί θέλει τοῦτο εἶναι; what can this mean? Ac 2:12; cp. 17:20; Lk 15:26 D.—B. 1160. DELG s.v. ἐθέλω. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > θέλω

  • 12 μετανοέω

    μετανοέω fut. μετανοήσω; 1 aor. μετενόησα (ἐμετενόησαν w. double augment ApcEsdr 2:24) (s. next entry; Antiphon+)
    ① change one’s mind Hv 3, 7, 3; m 11:4 (cp. Diod S 15, 47, 3 μετενόησεν ὁ δῆμος; 17, 5, 1; Epict. 2, 22, 35; Appian, Hann. 35 §151, Mithrid. 58 §238; Stob., Ecl. II 113, 5ff W.; PSI 495, 9 [258 B.C.]; Jos., Vi. 110; 262), then
    ② feel remorse, repent, be converted (in a variety of relationships and in connection w. varied responsibilities, moral, political, social or religious: X., Hell. 1, 7, 19 οὐ μετανοήσαντες ὕστερον εὑρήσετε σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας τὰ μέγιστα ἐς θεούς τε καὶ ὑμᾶς αὐτούς= instead of realizing too late that you have grossly sinned against the gods; Plut., Vi. Camill. 143 [29, 3], Galba 1055 [6, 4], also Mor. 74c; M. Ant. 8, 2 and 53; Ps.-Lucian, De Salt. 84 μετανοῆσαι ἐφʼ οἷς ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 1, 28; OGI 751, 9 [II B.C.] θεωρῶν οὖν ὑμᾶς μετανενοηκότας τε ἐπὶ τοῖς προημαρτημένοις; SIG 1268, 2, 8 [III B.C.] ἁμαρτὼν μετανόει; PSI 495, 9 [258/257 B.C.]; BGU 747 I, 11; 1024 IV, 25; PTebt 424, 5; Is 46:8; Jer 8:6; Sir 17:24; 48:15; oft. Test12 Patr [s. index]; Philo [s. μετάνοια]; Jos., Bell. 5, 415, Ant. 7, 153; 320; Just.) in (religio-)ethical sense ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μ. repent in sackcloth and ashes Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. As a prerequisite for experiencing the Reign of God in the preaching of John the Baptist and Jesus Mt 3:2; 4:17; Mk 1:15. As the subject of the disciples’ proclamation 6:12; Ac 17:30; 26:20. Failure to repent leads to destruction Lk 13:3, 5; Mt 11:20 (ἢ … μετανοήσωσιν ἢ ἐπιμείναντες δικαίως κριθῶσι Hippol., Ref. 1, pref. 2). Repentance saves (cp. Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 239 ὁ μετανοῶν σῴζεται; 253; Just., D. 141, 2 ἐὰν μετανοήσωσι, πάντες … τυχεῖν τοῦ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλέους δύνανται) 12:41; Lk 11:32; cp. 15:7, 10; 16:30. μ. εἰς τὸ κήρυγμά τινος repent at or because of someone’s proclamation Mt 12:41; Lk 11:32 (B-D-F §207, 1; Rob. 593; s. εἰς 10a). W. ἐπί τινι to denote the reason repent of, because of someth. (Chariton 3, 3, 11; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; M. Ant. 8, 2; 10; 53; Jo 2:13; Jon 3:10; 4:2; Am 7:3, 6; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; TestJud 15:4; Philo, Virt. 180; Jos., Ant. 7, 264; Just., D. 95, 3.—B-D-F §235, 2) ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ of their immorality 2 Cor 12:21. ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν of their sins 1 Cl 7:7 (Just., D. 141, 2; cp. OGI 751, 9f). ἐπί w. subst. inf. foll. MPol 7:3 (Just., D. 123, 6). Also διά τι Hv 3, 7, 2. Since in μ. the negative impulse of turning away is dominant, it is also used w. ἀπό τινος: repent and turn away from someth. ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας (Jer 8:6; Just., D. 109, 1) Ac 8:22 (MWilcox, The Semitisms of Ac, ’65, 102–105). ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνομίας 1 Cl 8:3 (quot. of unknown orig.). Also ἔκ τινος Rv 2:21b, 22; 9:20f; 16:11. W. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν Ac 26:20. μ. εἰς ἑνότητα θεοῦ turn in repentance to the unity of God (which precludes all disunity) IPhld 8:1b; cp. ISm 9:1. But μ. εἰς τὸ πάθος repent of the way they think about the suffering (of Christ, which the Docetists deny) 5:3. W. inf. foll. Rv 16:9. W. ὅτι foll. repent because or that (Jos., Ant. 2, 315) Hm 10, 2, 3. W. adv. ἀδιστάκτως Hs 8, 10, 3. βραδύτερον Hs 8, 7, 3; 8, 8, 3b. πυκνῶς m 11:4. ταχύ Hs 8, 7, 5; 8, 8, 3a; 5b; 8, 10, 1; 9, 19, 2; 9, 21, 4; 9, 23, 2c. μ. ἐξ ὅλης (τῆς) καρδίας repent w. the whole heart 2 Cl 8:2; 17:1; 19:1; Hv 1, 3, 2; 2, 2, 4; 3, 13, 4b; 4, 2, 5; m 5, 1, 7; 12, 6, 1; Hs 7:4; 8, 11, 3. μ. ἐξ εἰλικρινοῦς καρδίας repent w. a sincere heart 2 Cl 9:8.—The word is found further, and used abs. (Diod S 13, 53, 3; Epict., En 34; Oenomaus [time of Hadrian] in Eus., PE 5, 19, 1 μετανοεῖτε as directive; Philo, Mos. 2, 167 al.; Jos., Ant. 2, 322; Just., D. 12, 2; Theoph. Ant. 3, 24 [p. 254, 17]; εἰ ἤκουσαν μετανοήσαντες, οὐκ ἐπήγετο ὁ κατακλυσμός Did., Gen. 186, 9; ἁμαρτωλὸς … πρὸς το͂ μετανοεῖν πορευόμενος Orig., C. Cels 3, 64, 5) Lk 17:3f; Ac 2:38; 3:19; Rv 2:5a (Vi. Aesopi G 85 P. μετανόησον=take counsel with yourself), vs. 5b, 16, 21; 3:3, 19; 2 Cl 8:1, 2, 3; 13:1; 15:1; 16:1; IPhld 3:2; 8:1a; ISm 4:1; Hv 1, 1, 9; 3, 3, 2; 3, 5, 5; 3, 7, 6; 3, 13, 4a; 5:7; m 4, 1, 5; 7ff; 4, 2, 2; 4, 3, 6; 9:6; 10, 2, 4; 12, 3, 3; Hs 4:4; 6, 1, 3f; 6, 3, 6; 6, 5, 7; 7:2; 4f; 8, 6, 1ff; 8, 7, 2f; 8, 8, 2; 5a; 8, 9, 2; 4; 8, 11, 1f; 9, 14, 1f; 9, 20, 4; 9, 22, 3f; 9, 23, 2; 5; 9, 26, 6; 8; D 10:6; 15:3; PtK 3 p. 15, 11; 27.—S. also MPol 9:2; 11:1f, in the sense regret having become a Christian; AcPl Ha 1, 17.—Windisch, Exc. on 2 Cor 7:10 p. 233f; Norden, Agn. Th. 134ff; FShipham, ET 46, ’35, 277–80; EDietrich, D. Umkehr (Bekehrg. u. Busse) im AT u. im Judent. b. bes. Berücksichtigg. der ntl. Zeit ’36; HPohlmann, D. Metanoia ’38; OMichel, EvTh 5, ’38, 403–14; BPoschmann, Paenitentia secunda ’40, 1–205 (NT and Apost. Fathers).—On the distinctive character of NT usage s. Thompson 28f, s.v. μεταμέλομαι, end.—B. 1123. DELG s.v. νόος. M-M. TW. Spicq.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μετανοέω

  • 13 ὑποτίθημι

    A place under,

    ὑπὸ κύκλα ἑκάστῳ πυθμένι θῆκεν Il.18.375

    ; τὰ φρύγαν' ὑ. puts the firewood under, Telecl.40; θεοῦ βάσεις ὑποτιθέντος putting legs or feet under them, Pl.Ti. 92a, cf. Arist.PA 686a34;

    σιδηρᾶς κανονίδας ὑ. Ph.Bel.57.11

    , cf. 60.31, al.;

    ὑπὸ ποταμοὺς πολλοὺς.. πόλιν ὑ. Pl.Lg. 682c

    ;

    κύλικα ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593.21

     (Iulis, v B. C.); ὀχετὸν ἐκποιήσαντι καὶ ὑποθέντι ib. 12.373.66;

    [φοίνικας] ὑ. X.Cyr.7.5.12

    ;

    ἀλεκτορίδι ὑ. τὰ ᾠά Arist.HA 564b3

    ; ἑαυτὴν [ τῷ ἄρρενι] ib. 540a11;

    ὑ. <τι> ὑπὸ τὸν ὀφθαλμόν Id.Pr. 874a9

    ; of a prancing horse,

    ὑ. τὰ ὀπίσθια σκέλη ὑπὸ τὰ ἐμπρόσθια X.Eq. 11.2

    ; τὰ ὄπισθεν σκέλη διὰ πολλοῦ ὑ. bring up his hind legs far apart from one another, ib.1.14;

    κατακλίνεται [ὁ λαγὼς] ὑποθεὶς τὰ ὑποκώλια ὑπὸ τὰς λαγόνας Id.Cyn.5.10

    : metaph.,

    ὑποχειρίους τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑ. τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας Pl.Plt. 308a

    ; ἔστε ὑπέθηκε Ἀΐδᾳ until he handed him over to Hades, of a hound attacking a boar, PCair.Zen.532.11 (iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., place under one's feet, τι X.Cyr.8.1.41;

    τοὺς μηροὺς ὑφ' αὑτά Arist.IA 713a23

    .
    2 place under a certain class, γεωργικῇ, θηρευτικῇ, etc., Pl.Plt. 289a.
    b subjoin, enclose, append a document,

    ὑποτέθεικά σοι τὸ ἀντίγραφον PLille4.2

     (iii B. C.), cf. Sammelb.5675.2 (ii B. C.), etc.: so in [voice] Med., PLond.3.921.10 (ii/iii A. D.).
    II set before one, offer, suggest,

    τὴν ἐν φίλοις δικαιοτάτην ὑπόθεσιν ἔχω ὑποτιθέναι X.Cyr.5.5.13

    ; hold out hope,

    ὑποτιθεῖς τίν' ἐλπίδα; E.Or. 1186

    , cf. X.HG4.8.28, D.23.58, Plu.2.256a, Lys. 23, Aristid.1.379 J.;

    τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ ἐλπίδα ἣν ὑπετίθει αὐτῷ δουλώσειν Th.1.138

    ;

    ἡ εὐπραγία ὑ. ἰσχὺν τῆς ἐλπίδος Id.4.65

    ; ὑπέθηκας ὀρθῶς τοὺς λόγους, i. e. you have given good advice, E.IA 507; τὸν ὑποθέντα τὰς τέχνας γυναιξὶ τόνδε he who proposed these tricks to the women, Id.Ba. 675:—earlier in [voice] Med., suggest,

    βουλὴν Ἀργείοις ὑποθησόμεθ' ἥ τις ὀνήσει Il.8.36

    ;

    ὄφρα οἱ ἤ τι ἔπος ὑποθήσεαι ἠέ τι ἔργον Od.4.163

    , cf. Il.11.788;

    δόλον ὑπεθήκατο Hes.Th. 175

    ;

    ἄλλα μὲν αὐτὸς ἐνὶ φρεσὶ σῇσι νοήσεις, ἄλλα δὲ καὶ δαίμων ὑποθήσεται Od.3.27

    ;

    Κροῖσος ταῦτά οἱ ὑπετίθετο Hdt. 1.156

    , cf. 3.36;

    ἔπεμψέ με σωτηρίην ὑποθησόμενον ὑμῖν, ἤν περ βούλησθε πείθεσθαι Id.5.98

    , cf. 7.237;

    σμικρὸν ὑποθέσθαι τοῖς κριταῖσι βούλομαι Ar.Ec. 1154

    : c. dat. pers. only, advise, counsel, admonish one, Od.2.194, 5.143, Ar.Av. 1362, Lys. 522 (anap.), Pl.Chrm. 155d: with an Adv.,

    ἀλλά μοι εὖ ὑπόθευ Od. 15.310

    , cf. Hdt.1.90;

    αὐτάρ τοι πυκινῶς ὑποθησόμεθ', αἴ κε πίθηαι Il. 21.293

    .
    2 [voice] Med., in stronger sense, enjoin,

    ταῦτα τοῖσι ὑπολειπομένοισι ὑποθέμενος ὁ Δαρεῖος Hdt.4.135

    ; of a doctor, Pl.Plt. 295c; of Nestor, Id.Hp.Ma.286b; [

    Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος] τῷ στρατηγῷ περὶ τούτου ὑπέθετο POxy. 237 vi 40

     (ii A. D.); gloss on ἐπιστέλλει, Sch.S.OT 106; of Pythagoras,

    τὴν εἰς τὸ σπονδειακὸν μεταβολὴν ὑπέθετο τῷ αὐλητῇ Iamb.VP25.112

    ;

    τοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ νομοῦ ὑπόδειγμα τῆς ἀπειθίας ὑ. BGU 747 ii 14

     (ii A. D.); δύο σκοποὺς ὑποθέσθαι τῆς φλεβοτομίας prescribe two conditions of (successful) venesection, Gal.15.765.
    3 [voice] Med., instruct, demonstrate,

    γραμματικόν τι ποιῆσαι ἄλλου ὑποθεμένου Arist. EN 1105a23

    ; δεῖ ὑποθέσθαι τί λέγομεν τὸ βαρύ as a preliminary we must explain, Id.Cael. 269b20;

    ὑ. ὡς χρὴ μάχεσθαι Philostr.Her.10.5

    ;

    Φινεὺς.. τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.. περὶ τῶν συμπληγάδων ὑπέθετο πετρῶν Apollod.1.9.22

    ;

    ὁ ὑποθέμενος αὐτῷ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν Arr.Epict.1.26.13

    , cf. 2.2.21;

    παλαισμάτων εἴδη ὁπόσα ἐστί, δηλώσει ὁ παιδοτρίβης, καιρούς τε ὑποθέμενος κτλ. Philostr.Gym.14

    : c. acc. et inf.,

    ὑ. τῷ ἐπιεικεῖ παιδὶ ῥᾴδιον πεφυκέναι κτλ. Iamb.VP10.51

    .
    III [voice] Med., propose to oneself as a task,

    πολεμιστήριον [ἵππον] ὑπεθέμεθα ὠνεῖσθαι X.Eq.3.7

    ;

    δεῖ ὑποτίθεσθαι κατ' εὐχήν, μηδὲν μέντοι ἀδύνατον Arist. Pol. 1265a17

    ; make up one's mind, adopt as a policy,

    παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον τὸ ξυμφέρον λέγειν ὑπέθεσθε Th.5.90

    ;

    τοῦθ' ὑπέθετο, δεινότατον πρᾶγμα, οἶμαι, ὅπως ἐν ἐκείνῳ εἴη.. φάναι And.1.39

    ;

    ἕνα τοῦτον ὑποθέμενος τὸν σκοπόν, ἅπαντας ἡμᾶς ἀγορεύειν κακῶς Luc.Pisc.7

    ;

    πρὶν τὴν ἀρχὴν ὀρθῶς ὑποθέσθαι, μάταιον ἡγοῦμαι περὶ τῆς τελευτῆς ὁντινοῦν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον D.3.2

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    ὁ ὑποτεθεὶς σκοπός Arist.EN 1144a24

    .
    2 propose to oneself as a subject of discussion or argument,

    ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ ἄρξωμαι καὶ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ ὑποθέσεως, περὶ τοῦ ἑνὸς αὐτοῦ ὑποθέμενος, εἴτε ἕν ἐστιν εἴτε μή [ἕν], τί χρὴ συμβαίνειν; Pl.Prm. 137b

    , cf. Ti. 26a;

    ἵνα μὴ δοκῶ περὶ τὰ μέρη διατρίβειν, ὑπὲρ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων ὑποθέμενος Isoc. 4.51

    , cf. 12.119;

    ὥσπερ ὑπεθέμην Thphr.Char.Prooem.5

    ;

    περὶ ἀέρος εἰπόντες, ὥσπερ ὑπεθέμεθα Arist.Mete. 340a23

    , cf. Rh. 1432b5, Aeschin. 1.37, 2.102;

    ὑποθησόμεθα ταύτης ἀρχὴν τῆς βύβλου τὴν πρώτην διάβασιν ἐξ Ἰταλίας Ῥωμαίων Plb.1.5.1

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    οἱ ὑποτεθέντες λόγοι Pl. Lg. 812a

    .
    IV [voice] Med., assume as a preliminary,

    ταύτην μὲν δὴ πυρὸς ἀρχὴν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων σωμάτων ὑποτιθέμεθα Id.Ti. 53d

    ;

    ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λόγον.., ἃ μὲν ἄν μοι δοκῇ τούτῳ συμφωνεῖν, τίθημι ὡς ἀληθῆ ὄντα Id.Phd. 100a

    ;

    οἱ περὶ τὰς γεωμετρίας.. ὑποθέμενοι.. τὰ σχήματα,.. ποιησάμενοι ὑποθέσεις αὐτά Id.R. 510c

    ;

    ὑπόθεσιν Id.Phd. 101d

    ;

    ὃ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπετιθέμεθα Id.Chrm. 171d

    ;

    ἐὰν ὡς ὂν ὑποθῇ ὃ ὑπετίθεσο Id.Prm. 136c

    ; ὑ. περί τινος ὡς ὄντος ib. 136b, cf. 137b, Plt. 284c;

    ὑ. ὡς τούτου οὕτως ἔχοντος Id.R. 437a

    : c. acc. et inf., assume or suppose that.., Id.Phd. 100b, Prt. 339d: without inf., [ τὴν ἀρετὴν] διδακτὸν ὑ. assume it to be teachable, ib. 361b;

    τἀναντία οἷς ὑπεθέμην Id.Tht. 165d

    ; ὥσπερ ὑπέθου as you began by requiring, Id.R. 346b (referring to 336d):—[voice] Pass., esp. in [tense] aor. ὑπετέθην (cf.

    ὑπόκειμαι 11.2

    ), Id.Ti. 48e, 61d;

    τὰ ὑποτεθέντα Id.Prm. 136b

    ; τῶν καλῶν τι ἡ σωφροσύνη ὑπετέθη was assumed to be.., Id.Chrm. 160d (referring to 159c);

    τοῦτο δ' ἀδύνατον, ὥστε ψεῦδος τὸ ὑποτεθέν Arist.APr. 61a31

    ; εἰ τοῦτό τις ὑποτεθείη γινώσκειν if it were assumed that one knew this, Phld.Rh.2.17S.
    2 later, assume, suppose, estimate,

    παρέσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὡς ὑποτίθεμαι, τῇ ιζ PCair.Zen.247.4

     (iii B. C.); ὑποτιθεμένου τοῦ ποδὸς δραχμῆς the foot being reckoned at one drachma, Supp.Epigr.4.446.14 (Didyma, iii/ii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen. 15r.34 (iii B. C.); τὸν χιλιάρουρον (sc. ἀμπελῶνα) ὑποτιθέμεθα ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλαττον we assess at the reduced sum, ib.361.9 (iii B. C.); νεώτερον αὐτὸν ὑ. put him down as younger, D.H.4.6; ταῦτα τὸν Ὅμηρον ὡς συστρατιώτην ἔφη εἰρηκέναι καὶ οὐχ ὡς ὑποτιθέμενον not as a composer of fiction, Philostr.Her.4.4.
    V [voice] Act., establish as a preliminary, premise, ταῦθ' ὑποθεὶς ἐπεῖπεν ὡς .. Aeschin.2.157; τοῦθ' ὑποθέντες ἀκούετε τῇ γνώμῃ, τί ἄν, εἴ τις ἔπασχε ταῦθ' ὑμῶν, ἐποίει after deciding in your own minds, D.21.108;

    ῥυθμοὺς καὶ σχῆμα ἐλευθέριον ὑποθεῖσαι μέλος ἢ λόγον ἐναντίον ἀποδοῦναι Pl.Lg. 669c

    .
    VI couch, present,

    τὴν σάρισαν Luc. DMort.27.3

    .
    VII put down as a deposit or stake, pawn, pledge, mortgage,

    τοῦτο τὸ ἐνέχυρον Hdt.2.136

    ; τὴν οἰκίαν, τὴν οὐσίαν, Isoc.21.2, D.28.17, 49.12; ὑπέθεσαν αὐτῷ τοῦ ταλάντου τὰς προσόδους mortgaged their revenues for the talent, Aeschin.3.104;

    τῷ πατρὶ τἀνδράποδα D.27.25

    ;

    δραχμὴν ὑπόθες Diph.73.2

    ;

    ὑποθέμενοι χρυσίον IG12.313.177

    ; τὴν οἰκίαν πωλοῦντα καὶ ὑποτιθέντα selling and mortgaging, i.e. having full ownership of, the house, PCair.Zen.588.1, cf. 9 (iii B. C.), PRyl.162.28 (ii A. D.); cf.

    ὑποθήκη 11

    :—[voice] Med., of the mortgagee, lend money on pledge, D.28.18;

    ὑποθέσθαι τὰ σκεύη τῆς νεώς Id.50.55

    :— but the [voice] Med. is used for the [voice] Act. in later writers, Plu.Cat.Mi.6:— for the [voice] Pass., ὑπόκειμαι is used, except in [tense] aor. 1, πόρους (revenues) ὑποκεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς τούς τε ὑποτεθέντας εἰς τὸ βουλευτήριον .. OGI46.10 (Halic., iii B. C.), cf. AJP56.375 (Colophon, iv B. C., [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass.); cf. τίθημι.
    2 stake, hazard, venture,

    εἰς οἷον κίνδυνον ἔρχῃ ὑποθήσων τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Prt. 313a

    ; τὸν ἴδιον κίνδυνον ὑποθείς at his own risk, D.19.252; also

    ἑαυτὸν ἔγγυον ὑποθείς Plu.Crass.7

    ;

    τὴν ψυχὴν ταῖς τύχαις Luc.Dem.Enc.41

    ;

    τὰ σὰ τοῖς ἐκτός Arr.Epict.2.2.12

    ; τὸν τράχηλον ib.4.1.77; ἑαυτὸν τῷ νόμῳ, i. e. risked the penalties of the law, Philostr.Gym.24;

    οὐδὲ αὑτοὺς ταύταις ὑποθήσομεν ταῖς αἰτίαις Jul.Or.3.112a

    ; νομίμοις ποιναῖς ὑποθεῖναι [ αὐτούς] PMasp.24.50 (vi A. D.); ἑαυτὸν [ ὀργῇ] Plu.Them.24;

    τοῖς κινδύνοις σφᾶς αὐτούς Aristid.1.467

     J.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑποτίθημι

  • 14 ὁμιλία

    ὁμῑλ-ία, [dialect] Ion. -ιη, ἡ,
    A intercourse, company,

    ἔσθ' ὁμιλίας κακῆς κάκιον οὐδέν A.Th. 599

     ;

    τὸ ξυγγενές τοι δεινὸν ἡ θ' ὁ. Id.Pr.39

    , etc. ; ὁ. τινός communion or intercourse with one, Hdt.4.174 ;

    πρός τινα S.Ph.70

    , Pl.Smp. 203a, al. ; τοὺς ἀξίους δὲ τῆς ἐμῆς ὁ. of my society, Ar.Pl. 776 ;

    ἡ σὴ ὁ. Pl.Hp.Ma. 283d

     ; ὁ. χθονός intercourse with a country, E.Ph. 1408 ; ἔχειν ἐν θεοῖς ὁ. live among them, Id.IA[ 1622] ;

    ἥκειν εἰς ὁ. τινί S.OT 1489

     ; ἡ καθ' ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς πολιτεία καὶ ὁ. public and private life, Th.1.68 ; ἐξ ὁμιλίας by persuasion, opp. βίᾳ, D.Ep.1.12 : also in pl.,

    ἀνθρώπων κακῶν-ίαι Hdt.7.16

    .α', cf. Epict.Ench.33.14, etc. ;

    φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρήσθ' ὁ. κακαί E.Fr. 1024

     (= Men.218) ; Ἑλληνικαὶ ὁ. association with Greeks, Hdt.4.77 ;

    ἐνδίκοις ὁ. A.Eu. 966

     (lyr.) ; αἱ.. συγγενεῖς ὁ. intercourse with kinsfolk, E.Tr.51 ;

    ὁ. κακαῖς χρῆσθαι Pl.R. 550b

     ;

    αἱ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὁ. καὶ αἱ τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1336b32

    , etc.
    2 sexual intercourse, Hdt.1.182, X.Smp.8.22, Mem.3.11.14, etc. ;

    νυμφικαὶ ὁ. E.Hel. 1400

     ;

    ὁ. τῶν ἀφροδισίων Arist.HA 582a26

     ; ἡ πρὸς τοὺς ἄρρενας or τῶν ἀρρένων ὁ., Id.Pol. 1272a24, 1269b29.
    3 instruction, X. Mem.1.2.6 and 15 ; lecture, Ael.VH3.19 : in pl., title of work by Critias, Gal.18(2).656.
    4 ὁμιλέειν ὁμιλίῃ to be versed in it by practice, opp. λόγῳ εἰδέναι, Hp.Art.10.
    5 ἡ πλείστη ὁ. τοῦ ὀνόματος its commonest usage, Epicur.Ep.1p.22U. ; so ὁμιλίαι φωνῆς, αἱ τῶν λέξεων ὁ., Phld.Rh.1.288 S., Oec.p.59J. ; αἱ κοιναὶ ὁ. common usage, S.E.M.1.1 ; τῶν ἰδιωτῶν -ίαι ib.64 ;

    ἡ ἀνὰ χεῖρα -ία A.D.Synt. 37.2

     ;

    ἡ κοινὴ καλουμένη καὶ ἀνὰ χεῖρα -ία Hermog.Id.2.7

    .
    2 in collect. sense, τήνδ' ὁμιλίαν χθονός these fellow-sojourners in the land, ib. 406 ; ναὸς κοινόπλους ὁ. ship-mates, S.Aj. 872 ;

    ἀδελφῶν ἡ παροῦσ' ὁ. E.Heracl. 581

    , cf. Hipp.19 (dub. l.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁμιλία

  • 15 ποιέω

    ποιέω (Hom.+) impf. ἐποίουν; fut. ποιήσω; 1 aor. ἐποίησα; pf. πεποίηκα; plpf. πεποιήκειν Mk 15:7 (as IMagnMai 93b, 24; on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Mid.: impf. ἐποιούμην; 1 aor. ἐποιησάμην; pf. πεποίημαι 1 Cl 1:1. Pass. (has disappeared almost entirely; B-D-F §315): 1 fut. ποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. 3 pl. ἐποιήθησαν (En 22:9); pf. 3 sg. πεποίηται (Ec 8:14; Tat. 11, 2), ptc. πεποιημένος (Ec 1:14 al.) Hb 12:27. A multivalent term, often without pointed semantic significance, used in ref. to a broad range of activity involving such matters as bringing someth. into being, bringing someth. to pass, or simply interacting in some way with a variety of entities.
    ① to produce someth. material, make, manufacture, produce τὶ someth. (Gen 6:14ff; 33:17 al.; JosAs 16:8; GrBar 3:5 ‘build’; ApcMos 20; Mel., P. 38, 261).
    ⓐ of human activity: σκεῦος 2 Cl 8:2. χιτῶνας, ἱμάτια Ac 9:39. εἰκόνα Rv 13:14b. θεούς make gods Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς 19:24. ἀνθρακιάν J 18:18. τέσσαρα μέρη 19:23 (s. μέρος 1a). πηλόν 9:11, 14. σκηνὰς pitch tents, build huts (1 Ch 15:1; 2 Esdr 18: 16f; Jdth 8:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 79; Just., D. 127, 3 σκηνήν) Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. ἁγίασμα GJs 6:1; καταπέτασμα τῷ ναῷ 10:1; τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον 12:1.—Used w. prepositional expressions ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν (i.e. τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου) κατὰ τὸν τύπον to make it (the tent of testimony) according to the model (Ex 25:40) Ac 7:44; cp. Hb 8:5. ποιεῖν τι ἔκ τινος make someth. from or out of someth. (i.e. fr. a certain material; Hdt. 2, 96; cp. X., An. 4, 5, 14; Theophr., HP 4, 2, 5; Ex 20:24f; 28:15; 29:2) J 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21.
    ⓑ of divine activity, specifically of God’s creative activity create (Hes., Op. 109; Heraclitus, Fgm. 30 κόσμον οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται; Pla., Tim. 76c ὁ ποιῶν ‘the Creator’; Epict. 1, 6, 5; 1, 14, 10; 2, 8, 19 σε ὁ Ζεὺς πεποίηκε; 4, 1, 102; 107; 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.: Ζεὺς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 4, 1. In LXX oft. for בָּרָא also Wsd 1:13; 9:9; Sir 7:30; 32:13; Tob 8:6; Jdth 8:14; Bar 3:35; 4:7; 2 Macc 7:28; Aristobulus in Eus., PE13, 12, 12 [pp. 182 and 184 Holladay]; JosAs 9:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 65 and oft.; SibOr 3, 28 and Fgm. 3, 3; 16; Just., A II, 5, 2 al.) w. acc. ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). τοὺς αἰῶνας Hb 1:2 (s. αἰών 3). τὸν κόσμον (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Sallust. 5 p. 10, 29; Wsd 9:9; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 21 [Stone p. 24]) Ac 17:24. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (cp. Ael. Aristid. above; Gen 1:1; Ex 20:11; Ps 120:2; 145:6; Is 37:16; Jer 39:17 et al.; TestJob 2:4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121; Aristobulus above) Ac 4:24; 14:15b; cp. Rv 14:7. τὰ πάντα PtK 2 p. 13, 26 (JosAs 12, 2; Just., D. 55, 2; also s. Ael. Aristid. above). Lk 11:40 is classed here by many. Of the relation of Jesus to God Ἰησοῦν, πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν= appointed him Hb 3:2 (cp. Is 17:7).—W. a second acc., that of the predicate (PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] ὅπως ἂν ὁ Σάραπις πολλῷ σὲ μείζω ποιήσῃ) ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς (God) created them male and female Mt 19:4b; Mk 10:6 (both Gen 1:27c).—Pass. Hb 12:27.—ὁ ποιήσας the Creator Mt 19:4a v.l.
    ② to undertake or do someth. that brings about an event, state, or condition, do, cause, bring about, accomplish, prepare, etc.
    ⓐ ἔργα π. do deeds, also in sg. (as JosAs 29:3 μὴ ποιήσῃς τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο) τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ π. do as Abraham did J 8:39. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν vs. 41; cp. 10:37. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἔργον commit a deed 1 Cor 5:2 v.l. ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Ti 4:5 (s. ἔργον 2).—ἔργον or ἔργα somet. refer to wondrous deeds: ἓν ἔργον ἐποίησα I have done just one (wondrous) deed J 7:21. Pl. 14:12a; cp. vs. 12bc. This illustrates the transition to
    ⓑ do, perform miracles δυνάμεις Mt 7:22; 13:58; Ac 19:11 (Just., A I, 26, 2 al.); sg. Mk 6:5; 9:39. θαυμάσια Mt 21:15 (cp. Sir 31:9). μεγάλα καὶ θαυμάσια AcPl Ha 8, 33=BMM verso 5f (Just., A I, 62, 4). σημεῖα (Ex 4:17) J 2:23; 3:2; 7:31; 9:16; 11:47b; 20:30; Rv 13:13a; 16:14; 19:20. Sing. J 6:30; 10:41. τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ac 6:8; 7:36. ὅσα Mk 3:8; 6:30; Lk 9:10.—Ac 10:39; 14:11.
    ⓒ of conditions bring about, etc.: εἰρήνην make, establish peace Eph 2:15; Js 3:18 (cp. 2 Macc 1:4). τὴν ἔκβασιν provide a way out 1 Cor 10:13 (on the foll. gen. of the inf. w. the art. s. B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1067). ἐπίστασιν ὄχλου cause a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. τὰ σκάνδαλα create difficulties Ro 16:17. On Mk 6:20 v.l. KRomaniuk, ETL 69, ’93, 140f.—W. dat. of advantage ἐποίουν χαρὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they brought joy to the members Ac 15:3 (s. ἀδελφός 2a).
    ⓓ used w. a noun as a periphrasis for a simple verb of doing (s. 7a below; B-D-F §310, 1.—ποιέω in such combinations as early as IPriene 8, 63 [c. 328 B.C.], also Plut., Crass. 551 [13, 6]; s. ἑορτή, end). ἐποίησεν ᾆσμα GJs 6:3. διαθήκην π. Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32 cod. Q; cp. Is 28:15; TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 6 [Stone p. 20] διάταξιν). π. τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Lk 18:7f; cp. Ac 7:24 (s. ἐκδίκησις 1). ἐνέδραν 25:3. κοπετόν 8:2. κρίσιν (s. κρίσις 1aα and β) J 5:27; Jd 15. θρῆνον GJs 3:1. κυνηγίαν AcPl Ha 1, 33. λύτρωσιν Lk 1:68. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (v.l. ὁδοποιεῖν) Mk 2:23 (ὁδός 2). π. (τὸν) πόλεμον (μετά τινος) wage war (on someone) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:8 LXX; 7:21 Theod.; Gen 14:2). πρόθεσιν Eph 3:11; συμβούλιον π. Mk 3:6 v.l.; 15:1; συστροφήν Ac 23:12; cp. vs. 13. φόνον Mk 15:7 (cp. Dt 22:8; Callinicus, Vi. Hyp. 98, 21 Bonn; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 4 [Stone p. 78, 4]).—τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι vs. 15 s. ἱκανός 1.
    ⓔ what is done is indicated by the neut. of an adj. or pron.: τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. do what is good Ro 13:3; τὰ ἀγαθὰ π. J 5:29; ἀγαθὸν π. do good Mk 3:4; 1 Pt 3:11 (Ps 33:15). τὸ καλὸν Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7b; Gal 6:9. τὰ καλὰ (καὶ εὐάρεστα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ) 1 Cl 21:1. καλόν Js 4:17. τὸ κακόν Ro 13:4. τὰ κακά 3:8. κακόν 2 Cor 13:7a (κακὸν μηδέν; cp. SIG 1175, 20 κακόν τι ποιῆσαι). κακά 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:17). τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) J 8:29; cp. Hb 13:21b; 1J 3:22 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 12 [Stone p. 40] πάντα τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον σου ἐποίησεν). πάντα 1 Cor 9:23; 10:31b; IEph 15:3.—ὅ Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; J 13:7, 27a. τοῦτο Mt 13:28; Mk 5:32; Lk 5:6; J 14:13, 14 v.l.; AcPl Ha 9, 27; Ro 7:15f, 20 (cp. Epict. 2, 26, 4 ὸ̔ θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ καὶ ὸ̔ μὴ θέλει ποιεῖ); 1 Cor 11:24f (the specific sense ‘sacrifice’ in this passage is opposed by TAbbott [JBL 9, 1890, 137–52], but favored by FMozley [ET 7, 1896, 370–86], AAndersen [D. Abendmahl in d. ersten zwei Jahrh. 1904], and K Goetz [D. Abendmahlsfrage2 1907]). αὐτὸ τοῦτο Gal 2:10. ταῦτα Mt 21:23; 23:23; Gal 5:17; 2 Pt 1:10b. αὐτά J 13:17; Ro 1:32; 2:3. τὸ αὐτό Mt 5:46, 47b.—τί ποιήσω; Mk 10:17; cp. J 18:35 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 19 [Stone p. 10]; ParJer 6:14 τί ποιήσωμεν; ApcEsdr 7:4 p. 32, 14 Tdf.). τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω; Mt 19:16. τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Mt 27:23; Lk 23:22; Mk 15:14. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mt 5:47a. τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; what is this that you are doing? or why are you doing this? Mk 11:3 (GrBar 2:2 τί ἐποίησας τοῦτο; s. B-D-F §299, 1; Rob. 736; 738; Rdm.2 25f). τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Ac 14:15a (as Demosth. 55, 5). τί σὺ ὧδε ποιεῖς; Hv 1, 1, 5. W. ptc. foll. (B-D-F §414, 5; Rob. 1121) τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; what are you doing, untying? Mk 11:5. τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; what are you doing, weeping? or what do you mean by weeping? Ac 21:13. τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι; what are they to do, who have themselves baptized? 1 Cor 15:29.—A statement of what is to be done follows in an indirect question ὸ̔ ποιεῖς ποίησον do what you must do J 13:27 (as Epict. 3, 21, 24 ποίει ἃ ποιεῖς; 3, 23, 1; 4, 9, 18; TestJob 7:13).
    ⓕ of meals or banquets, and of festivities of which a banquet is the principal part give ἄριστον Lk 14:12. δεῖπνον (q.v. bα) Mk 6:21; Lk 14:12, 16; J 12:2; Hs 5, 2, 9. δοχήν (s. δοχή) Lk 5:29; 14:13; GJs 6:2. γάμους (s. γάμος 1a) Mt 22:2 (JosAs 20:6).—Keep, celebrate (PFay 117, 12) the Passover (feast) Mt 26:18; Hb 11:28 (s. πάσχα 3). Also in connection w. τὴν ἑορτὴν ποιῆσαι Ac 18:21 D the Passover is surely meant. But π. is also used of festivals in general (cp. X., Hell. 4, 5, 2 ποιεῖν Ἴσθμια; 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια).
    ⓖ of the natural processes of growth; in plant life send out, produce, bear, yield καρπόν, καρπούς (Aristot., Plant. 1, 4, 819b, 31; 2, 10, 829a, 41; LXX [καρπός 1aα]) Mt 3:10; 7:17ab, 18, 19; 13:26; Lk 3:9; 6:43ab; 8:8; 13:9; Rv 22:2; also in imagery Mt 3:8; 21:43; Lk 3:8. κλάδους Mk 4:32. ἐλαίας Js 3:12a (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 50 ἄμπελοι, αἳ ποιοῦσιν τὸν οἶνον). π. ὕδωρ produce water vs. 12b (but s. ἁλυκός).—Of capital yielding a return ἡ μνᾶ ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς the mina has made five minas Lk 19:18. Also of a person who operates w. capital make money (Ps.-Demosth. 10, 76; Polyb. 2, 62, 12) ἐποίησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα Mt 25:16 v.l.
    ⓗ with focus on causality
    α. The result of the action is indicated by the acc. and inf.; make (to), cause (someone) to, bring it about that (Hom. et al.; also ins [SIG IV p. 510a index], pap, LXX; TestJob 3:7; 42:6; ParJer 9:16f; ApcMos 16; Just., A I, 26, 5, D. 69, 6; 114, 1; Ath. 13, 2) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι Mt 5:32. ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλεεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mk 1:17. Cp. 7:37b; Lk 5:34 ( force someone to fast); J 6:10; Ac 17:26; Rv 13:13b.—ἵνα takes the place of the inf.: ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα ἥξουσιν Rv 3:9; cp. 13:12b, 16. ἵνα without acc. (TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 20 [Stone p. 68] ποίησον ἵνα φαγῶμεν) J 11:37; Col 4:16; Rv 13:15.—ἡμῖν ὡς πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν us, as though we had caused him to walk Ac 3:12 (s. B-D-F §400, 7).
    β. w. a double accusative, of the obj. and the pred. (Hom. et al.; LXX; ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 38, 32 Tdf. λίθους ἄρτους ποιήσας; Mel., P. 68, 494 ποιήσας ἡμᾶς ἱεράτευμα καινόν), make someone or someth. (into) someth. W. noun as predicate acc.: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mt 4:19. ὑμεῖς αὐτὸν (i.e. τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ) ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46. Cp. Mt 23:15b; J 2:16; 4:46, 54; cp. 2:11; Ac 2:36; 2 Cor 5:21; Hb 1:7 (Ps 103:4); Rv 1:6; 3:12 al. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τ. μισθίων σου Lk 15:19, 21 v.l. (cp. Gen 45:8; 48:20 and s. B-D-F §453, 4; Rob. 481). If the obj. acc. is missing, it may be supplied fr. the context as self-evident ἁρπάζειν αὐτὸν ἵνα ποιήσωσιν βασιλέα take him by force, in order to make (him) king J 6:15.—1 Cor 6:15. Claim that someone is someth., pretend that someone is someth. J 8:53; 10:33; 19:7, 12; 1J 1:10; 5:10. Cp. 5b.—W. adj. as predicate acc.: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους (Is 40:3) make the paths straight Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. τρίχα λευκὴν π. Mt 5:36. Cp. 12:16; 20:12b; 26:73; 28:14; Mk 3:12; J 5:11, 15; 7:23; 16:2; Ac 7:19; Eph 2:14 ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν; Rv 12:15; 21:5. ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ (thereby) declaring that he was equal to God or making himself equal to God J 5:18.—Cp. use of the mid. 7b below.
    γ. w. adv. of place send outside ἔξω ποιεῖν τινα put someone out (=send outside; cp. X., Cyr. 4, 1, 3 ἔξω βελῶν ποιεῖν=‘put outside bowshot’) Ac 5:34.
    ③ to carry out an obligation of a moral or social nature, do, keep, carry out, practice, commit
    ⓐ do, keep the will or law obediently τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ etc. (JosAs 12:3; s. θέλημα 1cγ) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; Pol 2:2; τὰ θελήματα Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22; GEb 121, 34. π. τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3. Cp. Mt 21:31.—π. τὸν νόμον J 7:19; Gal 5:3; cp. Mt 5:19; Ro 2:14; Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26); vs. 12 (cp. Lev 18:5).—Mt 7:24, 26; Lk 6:46; J 2:5; 8:44. ἐκεῖνο τὸ προσταχθὲν ἡμῖν ποιήσωμεν let us do what has been commanded us GMary 463, 27f (ParJer 6:9).—ὸ̔ ἐὰν φανηρώσῃ … ὁ θεός, τοῦτο ποιήσομεν GJs 8:2.—ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν exercise authority Rv 13:12a.
    ⓑ do, practice virtues (cp. SIG 304, 41f τὰ δίκαια): π. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (ἀλήθεια 2b) live the truth J 3:21 (cp. 1QS 1:5 al.); 1J 1:6. (τὴν) δικαιοσύνην (δικαιοσύνη 3a) 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. τὰ ἐντολά Ro 22:14 v.l. (SGoranson, NTS 43, ’97, 154–57). Differently Mt 6:1 (δικαιοσύνη 3b), which belongs with ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην vs. 2a and 3a (s. ἐλεημοσύνη 1); cp. Ac 9:36; 10:2; 24:17. π. ἐγκράτειαν 2 Cl 15:1. π. χρηστότητα Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:1, 3; 52:4 v.l.). π. ἔλεος show mercy Js 2:13; μετά τινος to someone Lk 1:72; 10:37a (JosAs 23:4; s. ἔλεος a and μετά A2γג).
    ⓒ do, commit, be guilty of sins and vices (τὴν) ἁμαρτίαν (ἁμαρτία 1a) J 8:34; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; 1J 3:4a, 8, 9; pl. Js 5:15 (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 10 [Stone p. 78, 10]). ἁμάρτημα (TestJob 11:3; ParJer 2:2; s. ἁμάρτημα) 1 Cor 6:18. (τὴν) ἀνομίαν (ἀνομία 2) Mt 13:41; 1J 3:4b; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9). βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος Rv 21:27. τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο GJs 13:1; cp. 13:2; 15:3f; ταῦτα 15:2. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα Ro 1:28. ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔξεστιν Mk 2:24; cp. Mt 12:2.
    ⓓ The manner of action is more definitely indicated by means of an adv. (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 51). καλῶς ποιεῖν do good or well Mt 12:12; 1 Cor 7:37, 38a (ApcMos 17). κρεῖσσον π. 7:38b; Js 2:8 (s. 5d below), 19; φρονίμως π. act wisely Lk 16:8; π. οὕτως do so (Chariton 8, 6, 4 ποιήσομεν οὕτως=this is the way we will proceed; JosAs 10:20; ApcMos 40; Mel., P. 13, 82) Mt 24:46; Lk 9:15; 12:43; J 14:31 (καθὼς … οὕτως π.); Ac 12:8; 1 Cor 16:1; Js 2:12; B 12:7; GJs 7:2. π. ὡσαύτως proceed in the same way Mt 20:5; ὁμοίως π. Lk 3:11; 10:37b. ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν as the dissemblers do Mt 6:2b. καθὼς ποιεῖτε 1 Th 5:11.—ποιεῖν foll. by a clause beginning w. ὡς: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν he did as (the angel) had ordered Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19. Or the clause begins w. καθώς Mt 21:6; J 13:15b (TestJob 7:9). For GJs 17:1 s. 5e.
    ⓔ The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by a prepositional expr. ποιεῖν κατά τι do or act in accordance w. someth. (SIG 915, 13 π. κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας; 1016, 6; PLille 4, 6; 22 [III B.C.]; BGU 998 II, 12 [II B.C.] π. κατὰ τὰ προγεγραμμένα) κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν as they do Mt 23:3b.—Lk 2:27. Also π. πρός τι: πρὸς τὸ θέλημα 12:47.
    ④ to do someth. to others or someth., do someth. to/with, of behavior involving others, π. τι w. some indication of the pers. (or thing) with whom someth. is done; the action may result to the advantage or disadvantage of this person:
    ⓐ neutral π. τί τινα do someth. with someone (double acc. as Demosth. 23, 194 τὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν τὴν πόλιν) τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do with Jesus? Mt 27:22. τί οὖν αὐτὴν ποιήσωμεν; what, then, shall I do about (Mary)? GJs 8:2; cp. 14:1; 17:1. τί ποιήσεις τὸν ἀγρόν; what will you do with the land? Hs 1:4 (ParJer 3:9 τί θέλει ποιήσω τὰ ἅγια σκεύη). Cp. Mk 15:12.—B-D-F §157, 1; Rob. 484.—Neutral is also the expr. π. τί τινι do someth. to someone J 9:26; 12:16; 13:12; Ac 4:16. Likew. the passive form of the familiar saying of Jesus ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτω ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν as you do (whether it be good or ill), it will be done to you 1 Cl 13:2.
    ⓑ to someone’s advantage: π. τί τινι (Diod S 18, 51, 3; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 19 [Stone p. 80]; ParJer 3:12; ApcMos 3): ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι Mt 7:12a. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32.—25:40; cp. vs. 45; Mk 5:19f; 7:12; 10:35f, 51; Lk 1:49; 8:39ab; J 13:15a.—π. τι εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:10. π. τι μετά τινος (B-D-F §227, 3, add. reff. B-D-R) Ac 14:27; 15:4 (TestJob 1:4; on the constr. w. μετά s. 3b above and cp. BGU 798, 7; 948, 8).
    ⓒ to someone’s disadvantage: π. τί τινι (Gen 20:9; JosAs 28:10 μὴ ποιήσητε αὐτοῖς κακόν; ApcMos 42) τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς; what will he do to the vine-dressers? Mt 21:40.—Mk 9:13; Lk 6:11; 20:15; Ac 9:13; Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); GJs 9:2.—π. τι εἴς τινα (PSI 64, 20; 22 [I B.C.] μηδὲ ποιήσειν εἰς σὲ φάρμακα) J 15:21. π. τι ἔν τινι Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31.
    ⓓ w. dat. and adv. ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως they treated them in the same way Mt 21:36. οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν κύριος the Lord has dealt thus with me Lk 1:25; cp. 2:48; Mt 18:35. εὖ ποιεῖν τινι Mk 14:7. καλῶς π. τινι Mt 5:44 v.l.; Lk 6:27. ὁμοίως π. τινι 6:31b.—In a condensed colloquialism (ποιεῖν) καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς (to do) as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8 (s. εὐποιί̈α 1).
    ⓔ w. dat. and prep. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν Lk 6:23; cp. vs. 26.
    ⑤ do, make, with variations in specialized expressions
    ⓐ get or gain someth. for oneself, provide oneself with someth. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλλάντια Lk 12:33; φίλους 16:9 (cp. X., An. 5, 5, 12 φίλον ποιεῖσθαί τινα).—Without a dat. Ἰησοῦς μαθητὰς ποιεῖ Jesus was gaining disciples J 4:1.
    ⓑ of mental construction assume, suppose, take as an example (Hdt. et al.) w. double acc. (Pla., Theaet. 197d) ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλόν suppose the tree is good Mt 12:33a; cp. vs. 33b.
    ⓒ w. an acc. of time spend, stay (Anth. 11, 330; PSI 362, 15 [251/250 B.C.]; UPZ 70, 21; PFlor 137, 7 [III A.D.] ἡμέραν, ἥν ποιεῖ ἐκεῖ; PGen 54, 18 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Pr 13:23; Ec 6:12; Tob. 10:7 BA; TestJob 20:5; 31:4; ParJer 6:16; ApcMos 37 ὥρας τρεῖς; Jos. Ant. 6, 18 μῆνας τέσσαρας; cp. our colloquial ‘do time’. Demosth. 19, 163 and Pla., Phileb. 50d are wrongly cited in this connection, as shown by WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 23f) χρόνον (Dionys. Hal. 4, 66; ParJer 7:33; ApcMos 31) Ac 15:33; 18:23. μῆνας τρεῖς 20:3. τρεῖς μῆνας GJs 12:3. νυχθήμερον 2 Cor 11:25. ἐνιαυτόν Js 4:13 (TestJob 21:1 ἔτη).
    ⓓ καλῶς ποιεῖν w. ptc. foll. do well if, do well to, as a formula somet.= please (s. καλῶς 4a and cp. SIG 561, 6f καλῶς ποιήσειν τοὺς πολίτας προσδεξαμένους; UPZ 110, 11 [164 B.C.]; POxy 300, 5 [I A.D.]; 525, 7; Hdt. 5, 24 εὖ ἐποίησας ἀφικόμενος; SIG 598e, 8f) Ac 10:33; Phil 4:14; 2 Pt 1:19; 3J 6; GEg 252, 53.—Sim. καλῶς ποιεῖν, εἰ … Js 2:8 (cp. PPetr II, 11 [1], 1 καλῶς ποιεῖς εἰ ἔρρωσαι).
    ⓔ αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου ποιήσει ὡς βούλεται this day of the Lord will turn out as (the Lord) wills GJs 17:1 (deStrycker cites Mt 6:34 for the construction); if the accentuation αὐτή is adopted, render: the day of the Lord shall itself bring things about as (the Lord) wills.
    ⑥ to be active in some way, work, be active, abs. (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Ruth 2:19) w. acc. of time (Socrat., Ep. 14, 8 ποιήσας ἡμέρας τριάκοντα) μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν they have worked for only one hour Mt 20:12a. ποιῆσαι μῆνας be active for months Rv 13:5.—Somet. it is not a general action or activity that is meant, but the doing of someth. quite definite. The acc. belonging to it is easily supplied fr. the context: λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν they say (it), but do not do or keep (it) Mt 23:3c (the contrast is not betw. speaking [λαλεῖν] and acting in general).—2 Cor 8:10f (s. Betz, 2 Cor p. 64); 1 Th 5:24.
    ⑦ make/do someth. for oneself or of oneself mid.
    ⓐ mostly as a periphrasis of the simple verbal idea (s. 2d) ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι Ac 25:17 (s. ἀναβολή). ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι 27:18 (s. ἐκβολή); αὔξησιν π. Eph 4:16; δέησιν or δεήσεις π. Lk 5:33; Phil 1:4; 1 Ti 2:1 (s. δέησις). διαλογισμοὺς π. 1 Cl 21:3; τὰς διδασκαλίας Papias (2:15); τὴν ἕνωσιν π. IPol 5:2; ἐπιστροφὴν π. 1 Cl 1:1 (ἐπιστροφή 1); καθαρισμὸν π. Hb 1:3 (καθαρισμός 2). κοινωνίαν Ro 15:26. κοπετόν Ac 8:2 v.l.; λόγον (Isocr., Ep. 2, 2; Just., D. 1, 3 al.) 1:1; 11:2 D; 20:24 v.l. (on these three passages s. λόγος: 1b; 1aγ and 1aα, end). μνείαν Ro 1:9; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4 (μνεία 2). μνήμην 2 Pt 1:15 (s. μνήμη 1). μονήν J 14:23 (μονή 1). νουθέτησιν 1 Cl 56:2 (Just., A I, 67, 4). ὁμιλίαν IPol 5:1 (ὁμιλία 2). ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν AcPlCor 2:28. πορείαν π. (=πορεύεσθαι; cp. X., An. 5, 6, 11, Cyr. 5, 2, 31; Plut., Mor. 571e; Jos., Vi. 57; 2 Macc 3:8; 12:10; Ar. 4, 2) Lk 13:22. πρόνοιαν π. make provision, care (Isocr. 4, 2 and 136; Demosth., Prooem. 16; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 80; Polyb. 4, 6, 11; Dion. Hal. 5, 46; Aelian, VH 12, 56. Oft. in ins and pap [esp. of civic-minded people]; Da 6:19 προν. ποιούμενος αὐτοῦ; Jos., Bell. 4, 317, C. Ap. 1, 9; Ar. 13, 2) Ro 13:14; Papias (2:15). προσκλίσεις π. 1 Cl 47:3; σπουδὴν π. be eager (Hdt. 1, 4; 5, 30 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος; 9, 8; Pla., Euthyd. 304e, Leg. 1, 628e; Isocr. 5, 45 πᾶσαν τὴν σπ.̀ περὶ τούτου ποιεῖσθαι; Polyb. 1, 46, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 75, 1; Plut., Mor. 4e; SIG 539A, 15f; 545, 14 τὴν πᾶσαν σπ.̀ ποιούμενος; PHib 71, 9 [III B.C.] τ. πᾶσαν σπ. ποίησαι; 44, 8) Jd 3. συνελεύσεις ποιεῖσθαι come together, meet 1 Cl 20:10 (Just., A I, 67, 7). συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Herodian 7, 4, 3; SIG 526, 16) Ac 23:13.—Cp. use of the act. 2d.
    ⓑ w. double acc., of the obj. and pred. (Lucian, Prom. Es in Verb. 6 σεμνοτάτας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς συνουσίας; GDI 4629, II, 22; 25 [Laconia]; Jos., Ant. 2, 263; s. 2hβ) βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι make the calling certain 2 Pt 1:10. οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ I don’t consider my life as something of value for myself Ac 20:24. Cp. use of the act. 2hβ.—B. 538. Cp. πράσσω. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ποιέω

  • 16 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).
    ① proper name of an entity, name
    ⓐ gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)
    ⓑ used w. verbs
    α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.
    β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to
    ⓒ used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.
    ⓓ used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus
    α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).
    β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.
    γ. used w. prepositions
    א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.
    ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.
    ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.
    ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.
    ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.
    ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).
    ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.
    ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.
    δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.
    ② a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.
    ③ the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).
    ④ recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).
    ⑤ name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

  • 17 προάγω

    προάγω impf. προῆγον; fut. προάξω; 2 aor. προήγαγον; 1 aor. pass. προήχθην LXX (Hdt.+).
    ① trans. to take or lead from one position to another by taking charge, lead forward, lead or bring out τινά someone: προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω after he had led them out Ac 16:30 (Diod S 4, 44, 3 τῆς φυλακῆς προαγαγεῖν=lead out of the prison). αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον 17:5 (Jos., Ant. 16, 320 εἰς τὸ πλῆθος). Cp. 12:6 (Jos., Ant. 2, 105 al.).—In the language of the law-court bring before (Jos., Bell. 1, 539, Ant. 16, 393; Just. A I, 21, 3.—ἐπί 3) Ac 25:26.
    ② intr. to move ahead or in front of, go before, lead the way, precede
    ⓐ in place τινά go before someone (2 Macc 10:1; B-D-F §150; Rob. 477) Mt 2:9 (GJs 21:3); 21:9; AcPl Ha 3, 29. Abs. (Diod S 17, 19, 1 προῆγε=he pushed on; Jos., Bell. 1, 673, Ant. 14, 388) Mt 21:9 v.l.; Mk 11:9 (opp. ἀκολουθεῖν); Lk 18:39. Walk ahead of those who are going slowly and w. hesitation ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς … οἱ δὲ ἀκολουθοῦντες Mk 10:32. κατὰ πόλιν με προῆγον they went before me from city to city IRo 9:3.—In imagery πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ anyone who goes too far and does not remain in the teaching 2J 9. Of πίστις (cp. Aberciusins. 12 πίστις προῆγε), which is followed by ἐλπίς (ἐπακολουθεῖν), προαγούσης τῆς ἀγάπης love leads the way Pol 3:3.
    ⓑ in time go or come ahead of someone w. acc. of pers. προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν go on ahead of him to the other shore Mt 14:22. προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν I will go on ahead of you to Galilee 26:32; Mk 14:28 (CEvans, JTS 5, ’54, 3–18); cp. Mt 28:7; Mk 16:7. Without acc. (which can be supplied fr. the ἕως-clause [cp. SIG 684, 25]) προάγειν εἰς τὸ πέραν πρὸς Βηθσαϊδάν Mk 6:45. οἱ τελῶναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ the tax-collectors will get into the kingdom of God ahead of you Mt 21:31. Fig. of sins προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν they go ahead of (sinners) to judgment 1 Ti 5:24 (cp. Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 24, 1 εἰς τ. κρίσιν προάγειν=‘come before the court’).—πάντα τὰ προάγοντα everything that had gone before MPol 1:1. κατά τὰς προαγούσας προφητείας in accordance with the prophecies that were made long ago (i.e. in reference to Timothy) 1 Ti 1:18 (IG XII/3, 247 τὰ προάγοντα ψαφίσματα; PFlor 198, 7 [III A.D.] κατὰ τὸ προάγον ἔθος; POxy 42, 3 ἡ πανήγυρις προάγουσα; Just., D. 33, 1 καὶ τὰ ἐπαγόμενα καὶ τὰ προάγοντα [in the psalm]). ἀθέτησις προαγούσης ἐντολῆς Hb 7:18 (ἀθέτησις 1).—M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > προάγω

  • 18 πάρειμι

    πάρειμι (εἰμί) ptc. παρών; impf. 3 sg. παρῆν, pl. παρῆσαν; fut. 3 sing. παρέσται Rv 17:8.—(Hom.+).
    ⓐ of pers. J 11:28; Rv 17:8; GPt 10:38. ἰδοὺ πάρειμι here I am (En 106:8) 2 Cl 15:3; B 3:5 (both Is 58:9). παρών (opp. ἀπών; Wsd 11:11; 14:17) (being) present (Himerius, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 1 παρὼν μόνῳ τῷ σώματι) 1 Cor 5:3ab; 2 Cor 10:2, 11; 13:2, 10; ISm 9:2; IRo 7:2; IMg 15. ἀκούσας αὐτοὺς παρόντας when he heard that they were present MPol 7:2. μηδεὶς τῶν παρόντων ὑμῶν none of you who are present IRo 7:1 (Just., A I, 65, 4 ἑκάστῳ τῶν παρόντων).—W. a prep.: ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ πάρεσμεν we are here in the presence of God Ac 10:33. ἐπὶ σοῦ παρεῖναι be here before you 24:19. π. πρός τινα be present with someone (UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]) 2 Cor 11:9; Gal 4:18, 20. οἱ παρόντες those (who were) present (Appian, Hann. 39 §166; SIG 665, 38; 1044, 43 τῶν τε παρόντων καὶ τῶν ἀπόντων; 1047, 19; 3 Macc 1:13) MPol 9:1. παρόντες εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ who are present for the glory of God IMg 15. μετʼ ἐμοῦ πάρεστιν (Paul) is here with me AcPl Ha 8, 2.—The pres. ‘be here’ can take on the perf. sense have come (B-D-F §322; Rob. 881; cp. 1 Macc 12:42 v.l., 45; 2 Macc 3:9; Jos., Ant. 3, 84 πάρεστι εἰς, Vi. 115; SIG 814, 4f [I A.D.]) τίς ἡ αἰτία διʼ ἣν πάρεστε; why have you come? Ac 10:21. οὗτοι καὶ ἐνθάδε πάρεισιν these men have come here too 17:6. πάρεστιν ἀπʼ ἀγροῦ has come from the country Lk 11:6 D.—Hv 5:3; Hs 7:1. On ἑταῖρε, ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει (Jos., Bell. 2, 615 John ἐφʼ ὸ̔ παρῆν διεπράττετο) Mt 26:50 s. ὅς 1iβ and RBrown, Death of the Messiah ’94, II 1385–88. παρὼν ἤγειρεν αὐτούς he came and raised them from the dead IMg 9:3.—The impf. παρῆν he had come, or he came (Diod S 19, 59, 1 παρῆν=he came) Hs 9, 11, 8. Pl. παρῆσαν they had come, they came Lk 13:1 (w. ἐν in indication of time + ἀπαγγέλλειν Plut., Mor. 509c; cp. Diod S 17, 8, 2 and 20, 113, 1; with temporal indication without ἀπαγγέλλειν X., Cyr. 1, 2, 4); πρός τινα (Jos., Ant. 14, 451) Ac 12:20.
    ⓑ of impersonals, τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς of the gospel that has come to you Col 1:6 (π. εἰς as X., An. 1, 2, 2; Jos., Ant. 1, 285; 337). Of time (Hdt. et al.; SIG 700, 10 ἐν τῷ παρόντι καιρῷ; La 4:18 πάρεστιν ὁ καιρὸς ἡμῶν; Hab 3:2) ὁ καιρὸς πάρεστιν the time has come J 7:6. ἡ καταστροφὴ πάρεστιν 1 Cl 57:4 (Pr 1:27). τοῦ σωτῆρος ἔργα ἀεὶ παρῆν the Savior’s deeds remained apparent i.e. they had permanent efficacy Qua 2.—Subst. τὸ παρόν the present (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap; 3 Macc 5:17; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 175) πρὸς τὸ παρόν for the present, for the moment (Thu. 2, 22, 1; 3, 40, 7; Pla., Leg. 5, 736a; Lucian, Ep. Sat. 2, 28; Cass. Dio 41, 15; Herodian 1, 3, 5; PGiss 47, 15; Sb 5113, 28; Jos., Ant. 6, 69; Just., A I 46, 6) Hb 12:11. κατὰ τὸ π. (Diod S 15, 47, 4; SIG 814, 46f; PTebt 28, 9; POxy 711, 2; 3 Macc 3:11) for the present MPol 20:1. τὰ παρόντα the present situation (Hdt. 1, 113; Pla., Theaet. 186a; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 334; PYale 42, 34) ἐν τοῖς παροῦσιν under the present circumstances B 1:8.
    ② to be available for use, at one’s disposal, πάρεστίν τί μοι someth. is at my disposal, I have someth. (Trag., Hdt. et al.; Wsd 11:21) ᾧ μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα 2 Pt 1:9. ἡ παροῦσα ἀλήθεια the truth that you have vs. 12. τὰ παρόντα what one has, one’s possessions (X., Symp. 4, 42 οἷς τὰ παρόντα ἀρκεῖ, Cyr. 8, 4, 6, An. 7, 7, 36. Further exx. under ἀρκέω 2.) Hb 13:5. S. παρουσία.—M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πάρειμι

  • 19 προΐημι

    προΐημι, 3 [tense] pres.
    A

    προΐει Il.2.752

    ; [ per.] 3sg. subj. προϊῇ (v.l. 3 opt. προΐοι) h.Ven. 152: [tense] impf. προΐειν, εις, ει, Il.1.326, 336, Od.9.88, 10.100, etc.: [tense] fut. προήσω: [tense] aor. 1 προῆκα, [dialect] Ep. προέηκα, both in Hom.: [tense] aor. 2 ind. [ per.] 3pl.

    πρόεσαν Od.8.399

    ; opt.

    προεῖεν X.An. 7.2.15

     codd.; imper.

    πρόες Il.16.241

     (on the accent, v. Hdn.Gr.2.931), [ per.] 3sg.

    προέτω 11.796

    ; inf. προέμεν for προεῖναι, Od.10.155:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 1

    προηκάμην D.19.78

    ,84, 32.15, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 opt. πρόοιντο or

    προοῖντο Th.1.120

    , D.18.254, cf. X.An.1.9.10:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. προεῖμαι, [tense] plpf. προεῖτο, D. (v. infr. 11.1). [On the quantity, v. ἵημι.]:—send forth, send forward, Il.1.195 (tm.), 326, 336, etc.; esp. send troops forward, X. Cyr. 7.1.22,27 : also, send a thing or person to another,

    ἀγγελίας Od.2.92

    ;

    ἐπ' Αἴαντα.. κήρυκα Il.12.342

    ;

    τῷ κῦδος ἅμα πρόες 16.241

    : in Hom. freq. with inf. added to define the action,

    Ταλθύβιον προΐει.. ἰέναι Il.3.118

    ;

    αἰετὼ.. προέηκε πέτεσθαι Od.2.147

    ; [

    οὖρον] προέηκεν ἀῆναι 3.183

    ; π. τινὰ διδασκέμεναι, μυθήσασθαι, πυθέσθαι, Il.9.442, 11.201, 649;

    ἑτάρους π. πεύθεσθαι Od.9.88

    ; so βασιλευέμεν τοι προήσειν will allow thee to.., Pi.P.4.166.
    2 dismiss, let go, τινα Il.4.398; τήνδε θεῷ πρόες let her go to the god, i.e. in reverence to him, 1.127.
    3 let loose, let fall, esp. thoughtlessly, ἔπος προέηκε let drop a word, Od.14.466;

    φήμην 20.105

    ; πηδάλιον ἐκ χειρῶν προέηκε he let the helm slip from his hands, 5.316: with inf., πόδα προέηκε φέρεσθαι let slip his foot so that it fell, 19.468.
    4 with direct purpose, cast, of a fisherman,

    ἐς πόντον π. βοὸς κέρας 12.253

    .
    5 of missiles, discharge, shoot, ἔγχος, βέλος, ὀϊστόν, etc., Il.5.15, 280, 11.270, 13.662, etc.; ἀκόντια π. ἐπὶ τὸν νεβρόν f.l. in X.Cyn.9.
    6 of a river, ἐς Πηνειὸν προΐει ὕδωρ it pours its water into the Peneius, Il.2.752, cf. Hes.Fr.37, E.Hipp. 124 (lyr.).
    II give up, deliver, betray one to his enemy, Hdt.1.159, 3.137; χρήματα μέν σφι π. offering to give them.., Id.1.24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1214;

    τὰς ναῦς π. τινί Th.8.32

    : with an inf. added,

    γυναῖκα.. π. ἀπάγεσθαι Hdt.2.115

    :—[voice] Pass., to be given or thrown away,

    εἰ ταῦτα προεῖτ' ἀκονιτεί D.18.200

    ;

    καιροὶ προεῖνται Id.19.8

    , cf. 25.10.
    2 ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτίκα ἡδὺ π. αὑτούς devote themselves to.., X.Cyr.7.5.76.
    B in Prose mostly in [voice] Med. (not found in Hom.), send forward from oneself, drive forward,

    τὸν λαγὼ εἰς τὰς ἄρκυς X.Cyn.6.10

     (s. v.l.): c. inf., τοὺς ἐρῶντας ἵμερος δρᾶν προΐεται forces them on to do, S.Fr.149.9 codd. Stob.
    2 of sounds, utter,

    τὴν φωνήν Aeschin.2.23

    , etc.;

    λόγον Ti.Locr.100c

    ;

    ῥῆμα D.19.118

    ; π. πᾶσαν φωνήν use all sorts of entreaties, Plb.3.84.10, etc.;

    π. τῶν ἀπορρήτων οὐδὲν οὐδενί Id.3.20.3

    , etc.
    3 emit, π. γονήν, σπέρμα, κόπρον, βλαστούς, etc.,Arist.GA 719b3, 721a30, HA 554b1, Thphr. CP1.12.9, etc.;

    κλημάτια.. προϊέμενα ῥίζας Dsc.4.29

    .
    II give up, let go, προέμενον αὐτῇ (sc. τὴν χεῖρα) Hdt. 2.121.έ; give up to the enemy,

    Κέρκυραν τοῖς Κορινθίοις Th.1.44

    , cf. D.18.72, 21.213; abandon, Id.19.152; π. σφᾶς αὐτούς gave themselves up as lost, Th.2.51;

    αὑτὸν τοῖς πολεμίοις X.An.5.8.14

    ;

    σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰ ὅπλα Polyaen.4.3.4

    ;

    τὸν βίον Plu.Ant.53

    : abs., give up hope, Jul.Or.8.250a.
    2 desert, abandon,

    εἰ τὰ κάτω προοῖντο Th.1.120

    , cf. 6.78, X.An.1.9.10, etc.; οὐδαμῇ προΐενθ' αὑτούς did not lose themselves (i.e. take bribes), D.19.139;

    τι τῶν πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν Arist.Pol. 1307b4

    .
    3 give away, give freely,

    ἔρανον τῇ πόλει Th. 2.43

    ;

    τὰ ἑαυτῶν D.34.52

    ;

    ὑμῖν οὐδὲν προεῖνται τῶν σφετέρων Lys. 21.12

    ;

    ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων D.18.114

    ; εὐεργεσίαν ἄνευ μισθοῦ without a stipulated fee, leaving it to one's honour, Pl.Grg. 520c, cf. Phdr. 231c, X.An.7.7.47; give up without payment received,

    τὴν ἀλλαγήν Pl.Lg. 849e

    .
    c pay, in kind or in money, PHib.1.76.2 (iii B.C.), UPZ23.18 and 26, 26.12 (ii B.C.), PAmh.61.11 (ii B.C.), SIG694.60 (Elaea, ii B.C.).
    4 throw off,

    θοἰμάτιον D.21.216

     ( προϊέμενον χλάμυν is f.l. in Sapph.64).
    5 throw away,

    τὰ ἴδια X.Cyn.12.11

     codd.; π. τὸν καιρόν, τὸ παρόν, Lycurg.126, D.1.9; καθ' ἕκαστον ἀεί τι τῶν πραγμάτων ib.14;

    πολλὰ τῶν κοινῶν Id.18.134

    ;

    εἰ οὗτοι χρήματα.. μὴ προοῖντ' ἄν, πῶς ὑμῖν. καλὸν τὸν ὅρκον προέσθαι; Id.21.212

    ;

    μηδενὸς κέρδους τὰ κοινὰ δίκαια π. Id.6.10

    ; τὰ πατρῷα, τὰ τῆς δημοκρατίας ἰσχυρά, Aeschin.3.173, 234; πόλεων.. ὧν ἦμέν ποτε κύριοι.. προϊεμένους (gen. by attraction of the relat. ὧν) D.2.2;

    τὴν ψυχὴν π. Porph.Abst. 2.13

    : abs., throw away one's advantage, Arist.Rh. 1398a2, cf.EN 1114a17 (less freq. neglect a disadvantage,

    π. κακόν τι Lib.Or.21.27

    ); to be lavish, Arist. Rh. 1366b7.
    6 with part., inf., or Adj., ἡμᾶς προέσθαι ἀδικουμένους suffer us to be wronged, Th.2.73, cf. Plb.30.7.4;

    προέμενοι ἀπολέσθαι αὐτούς X.HG2.3.35

    ;

    π. τισὶν ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατῆσαι D.16.3

    , cf. Lys.13.23, etc.;

    π. τὰ ἴδια ἀνομοθέτητα Pl.Lg. 780a

    ; also τοὺς Ἕλληνας

    εἰς ὅουλείαν π. D.10.25

    , cf. 5.15.
    8 rarely in good sense, confide, entrust to one, X. Cyr. 5.2.9;

    τὰ τέκνα τισὶν εἰς ὁμηρίαν Plb.28.4.7

    : abs., X.An.7.3.31.
    9 lend on risk, Pl.Demod. 384c, D.36.6.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προΐημι

  • 20 ὑπόθεσις

    ὑπόθεσις, εως, ἡ, ([etym.] ὑποτίθημι, ὑποτίθεμαι)
    A proposal, proposed action,

    τὴν ἐν φίλοις δικαιοτάτην ὑ. ἔχω ὑποτιθέναι X.Cyr.5.5.13

    ;

    ἵνα σὺ τὰ σαυτοῦ κατὰ τὴν ὑ. ὅπως ἂν βούλῃ περαίνῃς Pl.Grg. 454c

    ; intention, policy,

    πολλὰ πρᾶξαι πρὸς τὴν ὑ. τῆς πατρίδος ὡς συχνῆς ἀδικίας δεομένην Thphr.Fr. 136

    ;

    διὰ τὴν ὑ. τῆς πολιτείας.. ἠναγκάζετο χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὑπουργοῦσι Plu.Caes.51

    ; πρὸς ὑ. τινα ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν men good for a particular policy, Arist.Pol. 1293b4; ὑ. τῆς δημοκρατικῆς πολιτείας ἐλευθερία ib. 1317a40; ἡμῖν ἡ τῶν νόμων ὑ. ἐνταῦθα ἔβλεπεν, ὅπως .. Pl.Lg. 743c;

    περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν οὐχ ὁμοίως ἅπασι βουλευτέον, ἀλλ' ὡς ἂν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἕκαστοι τοῦ βίου ποιήσωνται τὴν ὑ. Isoc.6.90

    ;

    τοῖς φαύλοις ἐνδέχεται τὰ τυχόντα πράττειν· εὐθὺς γὰρ τοῦ βίου τοιαύτην πεποίηνται τὴν ὑ. Id.1.48

    ;

    ἀνάγκη τοῖς περὶ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων καλὰς τὰς ὑ. πεποιημένοις καὶ τὰ μέρη τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἔχειν ἐκείνοις Id.7.28

    ;

    πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑ. ἀποβλέποντες ἄμεινον βουλευσόμεθα καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων Id.8.18

    ;

    ἐξέστητε τῆς ὑ. ἐφ' ἧς ὑμᾶς οἱ πρόγονοι κατέλιπον D.10.46

    ; οἱ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑ. προεστῶτες those who advocated the same policy, Plb.30.32.12;

    ἅπαντας ἀπονεύσειν ἐπ' ἐκείνην τὴν ὑ. Id.24.9.7

    ; Ἀχαϊκωτέραν εἶναι.. ταύτην τὴν ὑ. καὶ νικητικωτέραν ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς ib.4;

    τὸ τῆς ἰδίας ὑ. λαμπρόν Id.21.23.1

    ;

    τὸ τῶν σαρισῶν μέγεθός ἐστι κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑ. ἑκκαίδεκα πηχῶν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἁρμογὴν τὴν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν δεκατεττάρων Id.18.29.2

    ;

    τηροῦντες τὴν αὑτῶν ὑ. Id.5.5.5

    ;

    πρὸς ταύτην ἁρμοζόμενοι τὴν ὑ. Id.3.16.1

    , cf. 3.50.7; κατασκέψασθαι τὴν τῶν ὑπεναντίων ἐπίνοιαν καὶ τὴν ὅλην ὑ. ib.6;

    Φάβιος.. κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑ. οὐδαμῶς κρίνων ἐκκυβεύειν οὐδὲ παραβάλλεσθαι τοῖς ὅλοις Id.3.94.4

    .
    2 suggestion, advice,

    ἐδώκαμεν ἄν σοι ὑποθέσεις δι' ὧν οἱ ἀντίδικοι ἂν οἴμωζον PMich.Zen.57.7

     (iii B. C.);

    διελέγοντο.. κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς Ἀράτου καὶ τὰς ὑ. Plb. 2.48.8

    , cf. 2.52.6, 4.24.2;

    κροτηθείσης τῆς ὑ. Id.28.16.5

    ; πολυτέχνους ὑ. ἔργων elaborate proposals for works, Plu.Per.12.
    3 purpose,

    τῆς στρατηγίας ὑπόθεσιν τὴν τυραννίδα πεποιημένος Id.Tim.2

    ;

    λόγῳ μὲν ἀποδώσων.., ἑτέραν δὲ τῆς ἀποδημίας ἔχων ὑ. λανθάνουσαν τοὺς πολλούς Id.Mar.31

    ;

    ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς αἰτίας τῆς τε ὑ. τοῦ πολέμου ἀξιολογώτατος ἀγὼν συνηνέχθη D.C.41.56

    ;

    ὑ. τοῦ πολέμου καὶ πρόφασιν διδόντων ἐλευθεροῦν τοὺς Ἕλληνας Plu.Flam.15

    ;

    τὸ χωρὶς ὑποθέσεως πολεμεῖν.. τί ἄλλο ἢ μανία; D.Chr.38.17

    ; [

    οἱ ἐλέφαντες] ἴσασι τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τὴν ὑ... εἶναι.. τοὺς ὀδόντας Ael.NA6.56

    .
    4 occasion, excuse, pretext,

    οὕτω γὰρ ἂν αὐτοῖς ἡ ἀπολογία προαναιροῖτο καὶ ἡ πρώτη ὑ. τῆς ἐθελοδουλείας Luc.Merc.Cond.5

    ; τοιαύτης αὐτοῖς τῆς ὑ. οὔσης ib.10;

    ἀεὶ χρὴ ἐπί τινι λυπεῖσθαι καὶ μὴ ἄνευ ὑ. Artem.

     2.60;

    ὑ. ἀργυρισμοῦ καὶ φόνων εἰληφέναι ἐδόκει D.C.63.26

    ;

    μή με νομίσῃς ἀπὸ τῆς παρούσης ὑ. ἀπαρτᾶν τὸν λόγον Id.52.18

    .
    5 actor's role,

    τοὺς ὑποκριτὰς.. οὓς ὁρῶμεν οὔτε κλαίοντας ἐν τοῖς θεάτροις, ὡς αὐτοὶ θέλουσιν, ἀλλ' ὡς ὁ ἀγὼν ἀπαιτεῖ πρὸς τὴν ὑ. Plu.Dem.22

    ;

    ὶδεῖν τί μου ποιεῖ ὁ ἀθλητής, πῶς μελετᾷ τὴν ὑ. Arr.Epict.1.29.38

    , cf. 41;

    τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῆς μητρὸς ὑ. λαβεῖν Iamb.VP8.39

    .
    6 function, occupation, station in life, [

    Διονύσιος] ἐκ σημοτικῆς καὶ ταπεινῆς ὑ. ὁρμηθείς Plb.15.35.2

    ; [

    Ἀγαθοκλῆς] ὁρμηθεὶς ἀπὸ τοιαύτης ὑ. Id.12.15.7

    ;

    τὸ μὴ εἶναι ἄλλην βίου ὑ. εἰς τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν οὕτως ἐπιτήδειον ὡς ταύτην ἐν ᾗ νῦν ὢν τυγχάνεις M.Ant.11.7

    , cf. 8.1, Paul. Aeg.3.17.
    7 practical problem,

    κοινὴ ἡ ὑ. καὶ τῷ καθ' ἡμᾶς βίῳ πάνυ πολλή, βαλανείου κατασκευή Luc.Hipp.4

    ;

    ἡ μὲν οὖν ὑ. τοιαύτη HeroAut.21.2

    .
    II subject proposed ( to oneself or another) for discussion,

    κελεῦσαι τὴν πρώτην ὑ. τοῦ πρώτου λόγου ἀναγνῶναι Pl. Prm. 127d

    ;

    ἐπὶ τὴν ὑ. ἐπανάγειν τὸν λόγον X.Mem.4.6.13

    ;

    ἐπὶ τὴν ὑ. πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν Isoc.4.63

    , cf. Gal.6.124;

    τὴν ὑ. περὶ ἧς βουλεύεσθε οὐχὶ τὴν οὖσαν παριστάντες D.3.1

    ;

    τοὺς δικαστὰς ἀπαγαγὼν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑ. Id.19.242

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῆς ὑ. μεῖναι Aeschin.3.76

    ;

    ἔξω τῆς ὑ. λέγειν Isoc.7.63

    , cf. 12.161;

    μὴ πόρρω λίαν τῆς ὑ. ἀποπλανηθῶ Id.7.77

    , cf. 12.88, Aeschin. 3.176,190;

    ὅτ' ἔγραφον περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑ. Isoc.5.83

    ;

    περὶ [τῆς πόλεως] τὴν ὑ. ποιησάμενος Id.12.35

    ;

    τοῦ πράγματος ἐν κεφαλαίῳ.. δήλωσις, ἵνα γινώσκωσι περὶ ὧν ὁ λόγος παρακολουθῶσί τε τῇ ὑ. Arist.Rh.Al. 1436a36

    , cf. Pl.Def. 415b;

    ἡ ὑ. ἐλάττων Arist.Rh. 1404b15

    ; πρὸς ὑπόθεσιν λέγειν, opp. πρὸς ἀμφισβητοῦντα, ib. 1391b13;

    πολλὰ πρὸς τὴν ὑ. οἰκείως διαλεχθείς D.S.13.53

    ; haec erat ὑ., de gravitate ordinis, etc., Cic.Att.1.14.4.
    2 case at law, lawsuit,

    γράφει ὁ Μαιίστας εἰς τὴν ὑ. ταύτην IG11(4).1299.29

     (Delos, iii B. C.), cf. OGI665.18,669.41 (both Egypt, i A. D.), POxy. 237 vii 34, viii 22 (ii A. D.), 486.26 (ii A. D.);

    τὰ περὶ ταύτης τῆς ὑ. πεπραγμένα PLips.34.18

     (iv A. D.).
    3 subject of a poem or treatise, Zeno Stoic.1.23, Plb.1.2.1, D.H.Pomp.3, Longin. 38.2, Plu.Pomp.42, Luc.Charid.14, Pseudol.5, al.; of a picture, Id.Zeux.5,7; of an impromptu declamation,

    ἐπειδὰν οἱ παρόντες ὑποβάλωσί τινας ὑ. καὶ ἀφορμὰς λόγου Id.Rh.Pr.18

    ; plot, story,

    μῦθοι καὶ ὑποθέσεις Phld.Po.2.62

    , cf. 5.5, al., Arg.Men.Oxy.1235.113 (ii A. D.), Dicaearch. ap. S.E.M.3.3, Artem.4.59, Sch.S.Aj.Prooem., Arg.Ar. Ach. tit., etc.
    4 speech,

    αἱ δικανικαὶ καὶ δημηγορικαὶ ὑ. Theon Prog.1

    ; = ἐπίδειξις 1.3, ἀρξαμένων (v.l. -ῳ)

    τῆς ὑ. LXX 4 Ma.1.12

    ; ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὰς ὅλην πληρούσας ὑ. providing matter for a whole speech, Chor.p.34B.
    b speech or subject of a speech in which the person, occasion, etc. are particularized, opp. θέσις v. 2, Aphth.Prog. 13, cf. Quint.Inst.3.5.7.
    5 a kind of play or pantomime,

    μῖμοί τινές εἰσιν ὧν τοὺς μὲν ὑποθέσεις τοὺς δὲ παίγνια καλοῦσιν Plu.2.712e

    ; μιμολωγοι η υποθησις εικυρα (i. e. μιμολόγοι· ἡ ὑπόθεσις Ἑκυρά), i. e. 'theatrical performance: play, the Hecyra', Ath.Mitt.26.4 (inscr. on lamp, iii B. C.); κλάειν ἤρξαντο πάντες καὶ μετέβαλε τὸ συμπόσιον εἰς σκυθρωπὴν ὑ. into a tragedy, Charito 4.3; so perh. in Luc.Nigr.8; of Aesop's fables,

    χρῆται [τῇ ἀλώπεκι] ὁ Αἴσωπος διακόνῳ τῶν πλείστων ὑ. Philostr.Im.1.3

    .
    III supposition,

    ἢ βούλεσθε.. ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ ἄρξωμαι καὶ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ ὑ., περὶ τοῦ ἑνὸς αὐτοῦ ὑποθέμενος, εἴτε ἕν ἐστιν εἴτε μὴ ἕν, τί χρὴ συμβαίνειν; Pl.Prm. 137b

    ; αὕτη ἡ ὑ., εἰ ἓν μὴ ἔστιν ib. 160b; χρὴ.. μὴ μόνον εἰ ἔστιν ἕκαστον ὑποτιθέμενον σκοπεῖν τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐκ τῆς ὑ., ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ μὴ ἔστι τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὑποτίθεσθαι ib. 135e, cf. 136a; [σκοπεῖν] τί ἐφ' ἑκατέρας τῆς ὑ. συμβήσεται ib. 136b;

    εἰ ὀρθὴ ἡ ὑ. ἦν, τὸ ψυχὴν ἁρμονίαν εἶναι Id.Phd. 94b

    , cf. 92d, Sph. 244c;

    πρὸς μὲν τὴν ὑ. ὀρθῶς λέγουσιν, ὅλως δ' οὐκ ὀρθῶς Arist. Metaph. 1082b32

    ; ἐξ ὑποθέσεως σκοπεῖσθαι examine by starting from an assumption, of reasoning by analysis in geometry, Pl.Men. 86e; τῶν τὴν τέχνην ζητεύντων ἐξ ὑποθέσιος λόγων arguments seeking to derive the (medical) art from an assumption, Hp.VM13; ὑ. αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς ὑποθέμενοι τῷ λόγῳ ib.1; ἄγοντες ἐπὶ ὑπόθεσιν τὴν τέχνην ib. 15;

    χρῆσιν ἀρετῆς τελείαν, καὶ ταύτην οὐκ ἐξ ὑ. ἀλλ' ἁπλῶς· λέγω δ' ἐξ ὑ. τἀναγκαῖα, οἷον.. τιμωρίαι καὶ κολάσεις.. τὸ καλῶς ἀναγκαίως ἔχουσι Arist.Pol. 1332810

    ; ἡ πολιτεία ἡ ἐξ ὑ. ( = ἡ δοθεῖσα ) the constitution based on a presupposition, ib. 1288b28; of currency, ἓν δή τι δεῖ εἶναι, τοῦτο δ' ἐξ ὑ.· διὸ νόμισμα καλεῖται according to a presupposed convention, Id.EN 1133b21 (cf. a29-31, APr. 41a40); of reductio ad impossibile,

    ἢ δεικτικῶς ἢ ἐξ ὑ. τοῦ δ' ἐξ ὑ. μέρος τὸ διὰ τοῦ ἀδυνάτου Id.APr. 40b25

    -6, cf. 41a25;

    δυνατοῦ δεξάμενον ὑπόθεσιν ἐπ' ἀδύνατον ἀπαχθῆναι Arr.Epict.1.7.25

    , cf. Procl. in Euc.pp.76,252 F.; καθ' ὑπόθεσιν by way of supposition, 'let us suppose', Phld.Rh. 1.95 S., Sign.12, Cleom.1.7.
    IV = τὸ ὑποκείμενον (cf.

    ὑπόκειμαι 11.8

    ), the presupposition of an action, that which has been settled before it begins,

    περὶ τοῦ τέλους οὐθεὶς βουλεύεται, ἀλλὰ τοῦτ' ἐστὶν ἀρχὴ καὶ ὑ. Arist.EE 1227a8

    , cf. b30;

    τῶν πράξεων τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ὑ. ἀληθεῖς καὶ δικαίας εἶναι προσήκει D.2.10

    ; of a thing, that without which it cannot exist or be what it is, its essence, αὕτη (sc. τὸ στέλεχος)

    οἷον ὑ. καὶ φύσις δένδρων Thphr.HP4.13.4

     (cf. οὐσία καὶ φύσις τοῦ δένδρου ibid.);

    ἐπὶ τοῖς χυμοῖς μόνοις σηπομένοις ἔχοντος τὴν ὑ. ὅλου τοῦ νοσήματος, ὅπερ ἐστὶ πυρετώδους ὄντος Gal.18(2).299

    .
    2 in the syllogism, the preliminary statements of fact (whether proved or not) from which inference starts, i. e. the premisses ([etym.] προτάσεις) , τῶν ἀποδείξεων αἱ ὑ., equivalent to ἀρχαί, Arist.Metaph. 1013a16;

    αἱ ἀρχαὶ καὶ αἱ λεγόμεναι ὑ. Id.APo. 81b15

    ; ὅσα δέδεικται δι' ἐκείνων ὑποθέσεις ποιησάμενοι taking as premisses (here) what has been proved in those other works, Gal.6.7, cf. 25,224; ἴστω.. τῆς ὑγιεινῆς πραγματείας ἀνατρέπων τὴν ὑ. ib.17;

    ὑπόθεσιν, αἴτησιν οὖσαν πράγματος εἰς κατασκευήν τινος S.E.M.3.4

    ;

    λαμβάνειν ἀναποδείκτους ὑ. Plu.2.720f

    , cf. 721d;

    ἀναγκαῖον ἢ τὰς ὑ. εἶναι τὰς πρώτας ψευδεῖς, ἢ τὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν συμβαινόντων ἀποφάς εις Plb.1.15.9

    , cf. 11.
    b assumption of existence of any one of the fundamental objects of a particular science,

    ὁ ὁρισμὸς θέσις μέν ἐστι.. ὑ. δ' οὐκ ἔστι· τὸ γὰρ τί ἐστι μονὰς καὶ τὸ εἶναι μονάδα οὐ ταὐτόν Arist.APo. 72a23

    ;

    ἐν ταῖς πράξεσι τὸ οὗ ἕνεκα ἀρχή, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς μαθηματικοῖς αἱ ὑ. Id.EN 1151a17

    .
    3 starting-point,

    ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ὑ. λαβεῖν τὸν λόγον τὴν εἰς ἑκάτερον μέρος ὁρμήν Iamb.VP27.130

    ; beginning, τὰς μὲν ἐλπίδας οὐ τελειοῖ (sc. ὁ ὄνειρος) , τὰς δὲ ὑ. τῶν πραγμάτων ταῖς περιοχαῖς ὁμοίας ποιεῖ (referring to a birth of twins which died), Artem.4.47.
    4 raw material,

    τὴν δοθεῖσαν ὑ. εὐφυᾶ πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν γυμναστικῆς.. ἀμείνω ἀποφαίνειν Luc.Hist. Conscr.35

    ;

    οἵαν ὕλην καὶ ὑ. φεύγεις·.. μένε οὖν μέχρι ἐξοικειώσῃς σαυτῷ καὶ ταῦτα M.Ant.10.31

    .
    V mortgage, Thphr.Fr.97.1 (pl.).
    VI placing under,

    πτύγματος Sor.1.70a

    ;

    προσκεφαλαίου Id.2.86

    .
    2 thing placed under, base, τὰς ὑ. (signf. 111)

    ποιούμενος οὐκ ἀρχὰς ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι ὑ., οἷον ἐπιβάσεις τε καὶ ὁρμάς Pl.R. 511b

    , cf. Arr.Epict.1.7.22; in D.2.10 (v. supr. IV. 1) the ἀρχαί and ὑποθέσεις (i. e. basic principles) of actions are compared to the foundations ([etym.] τὰ κάτωθεν) of a house or a ship;

    Τριπτόλεμος.. τὰς πρώτας ὑ. βαλόμενος τῇ πόλει Lib.Or.11.52

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπόθεσις

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • Geflügelte Worte (Antike) — Alpha und Omega, Anfang und Ende, kombiniert zu einem Buchstaben Diese Liste ist eine Sammlung alt und neugriechischer Phrasen, Sprichwörter und Redewendungen. Sie beschreibt ihren Gebrauch und gibt, wo möglich, die Quellen an. Graeca non… …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • φιλοτιμούμαι — φιλοτιμοῡμαι, έομαι, ΝΜΑ, και ενεργ. τ. φιλοτιμώ και φιλοτιμῶ, έω, ΝΜ, και φιλοτιμώ, άω, και φιλοτιμιούμαι, και φιλοτιμιέμαι, Ν [φιλότιμος] νεοελλ. 1. ενεργ. διεγείρω την φιλοτιμία κάποιου 2. μέσ. α) παρακινούμαι από φιλοτιμία να κάνω κάτι… …   Dictionary of Greek

  • Claremont Profile Method — was elaborated by Ernst Cadman Colwell and his students. Professor Frederik Wisse attempted to establish an accurate and rapid procedure for the classification of the manuscript evidence of any ancient text with large manuscript attestation, and… …   Wikipedia

  • Uncial 0171 — New Testament manuscripts papyri • uncials • minuscules • lectionaries Uncial 0171 Text …   Wikipedia

  • Papyrus 5 — Manuskripte des Neuen Testaments Papyri • Unziale • Minuskeln • Lektionare Papyrus 5 Name P. Oxy. 208 Text Johannes 1; 16; 20 † Sprache …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • χριστιανισμός — Θρησκεία που ιδρύθηκε από τον Ιησού Χριστό, της οποίας οι δογματικές και ηθικές αρχές θεμελιώνονται στο πρόσωπο και στη διδασκαλία του ιδρυτή της –όπως αυτή παραδίδεται στα βιβλία της Καινής Διαθήκης– καθώς και στην ιερή παράδοση της Εκκλησίας. Ο …   Dictionary of Greek

  • Koine Greek — Koine redirects here. For other uses, see Koine (disambiguation). History of the Greek language (see also: Greek alphabet) …   Wikipedia

  • Codex Sinaiticus — New Testament manuscripts papyri • uncials • minuscules • lectionaries Uncial 01 Book of Esther …   Wikipedia

  • επάγω — (AM ἐπάγω) [άγω] 1. άγω, οδηγώ εναντίον κάποιου 2. επιφέρω, προκαλώ 3. οδηγώ, παρασύρω («μᾱλλον πρὸς σκληρότητα ἐπάγεις τὴν ψυχήν μου») 4. καταφέρω χτύπημα μσν. επιβάλλω όρκο ή πρόστιμο αρχ. 1. οδηγώ στρατεύματα εναντίον τού εχθρού 2. προχωρώ,… …   Dictionary of Greek

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»